Materiály Otto Bock Katalog Celý

Materials

Materials
Table of contents
1 | Plaster and forming technology......... 13 9 | S
mall parts and auxiliary
Plaster casting technology ..................................................... 14
Taking impressions . ................................................................. 28
materials .......................................... 299
Forming technology .................................................................. 30 EasyFit . .................................................................................... 300
Straps and belts . .................................................................... 303
Closure technology.................................................................. 309
Setting nuts, screws and rivets . ........................................... 330
2 | Thermoplastics .................................. 35 Parting agents and lubricants . ............................................. 340
Thermoplastic prepregs .......................................................... 36 Profiles and metal sheets ...................................................... 345
Skinguard thermoplastics ....................................................... 41 Sanding and polishing
Thermoplastics .......................................................................... 46 – for socket routers .............................................................................................. 349
– for belt sanders ................................................................................................... 354
– orthopaedic footwear specialism/Flexam machines ..................... 355
3 | Lamination technology...................... 71 Sanding and polishing ........................................................... 361
Soldering and welding materials .......................................... 363
Stockinettes............................................................................... 72 Coating materials .................................................................... 365
Reinforcement materials . ........................................................ 78 Forearm crutches and canes ................................................ 366
Pedilen foams ........................................................................... 91
Acrylic sealing resins ............................................................. 100
Acrylic lamination resins ....................................................... 103
Vinyl lamination resins ........................................................... 108 10 | Protective equipment ..................... 372
Epoxy lamination resins......................................................... 109
Epoxy lamination resin film ................................................... 111
Accessories . ............................................................................ 118
Adhesive tapes ........................................................................ 125
4 | Prepreg technology.......................... 135

Thermoset prepregs................................................................ 136
Thermoplastic prepregs ........................................................ 149
5 | Elastomers ....................................... 155

Silicone rubbers....................................................................... 156
Silicones ................................................................................... 160
6 | P
utties, adhesives, adhesive tapes
and varnishes .................................. 173
Plastic putties.......................................................................... 174
Adhesives ................................................................................. 176
Adhesive tapes......................................................................... 195
Cleaners/thinners ................................................................... 204
Varnishes ................................................................................. 205
7 | Padding ........................................... 211

Skinguard padding ................................................................. 212
Padding .................................................................................... 213
Cork .......................................................................................... 241
Leather....................................................................................... 243
Cover fabrics ........................................................................... 245
8 | Finishing ......................................... 249

Thermopapers ......................................................................... 250
Socket decors ......................................................................... 268
CarbonTEX . ............................................................................. 289
SuperSkin ................................................................................. 292
Materials | Ottobock 5
About this catalogue
A changing company
Ottobock develops medical technology products and high quality fitting concepts for
people with limited mobility. Driven by a decisive, pioneering spirit, prosthetist Otto
Bock founded the Orthopädische Industrie GmbH company in Berlin in 1919. He had the
courage to break new ground and set higher standards that would ultimately revolutionise
an entire industry. Under the leadership of his son-in-law, Dr. Max Näder, Ottobock grew
from a national to an international company. Thanks to his creativity and inventive talent,
Max Näder continued to set standards in orthopaedic technology with the development
of products such as the modular leg prosthesis system and the myoelectrically-controlled
upper limb prosthesis. The company began to establish an international network in
1958, when the first foreign branch was founded in the US. Professor Hans Georg Näder
has pursued a consistent, dynamic approach to continue driving this growth, with the
result that Ottobock is now a global player and a strong corporate brand. In all aspects
of our business, people are always our number one priority: we are committed to helping
“Our objective is to offer maximum mobility, independ- everyone achieve maximum mobility, independence and quality of life.
ence and normality to people with physical disabilities.
This means all our products have to be judged by the
functionality they offer users.” Ottobock SE & Co. KGaA is simultaneously a family business and a modern, customer
and success-oriented company. A network of sales and service companies in 59 coun-
Prof. Hans Georg Näder,
Chairperson of the Management Board,
tries ensures that we are close to our customers. This helps us understand user needs and
Ottobock SE & Co. KGaA customer requirements and integrate these aspects into the products we develop. With the
business areas of Prosthetics, Orthotics, NeuroRehabilitation, Human Mobility (wheel-
chairs and rehabilitation devices), MedicalCare and Industrials, the broad-based company
is capable of offering its customers a nearly unparalleled range of products, coordinated
system solutions and extensive services.
We take responsibility for improving the quality of life of people with disabilities by
creating solutions that are functionally and technologically outstanding – both now and
into the future. The role played by high-quality materials is just as essential as expert
craftsmanship when it comes to providing treatment for people with physical limitations.
We continuously enhance our materials in order to improve the quality of treatment for
patients and make the work of the O&P professional easier. Current legal requirements are
always taken into account in this process. In addition to mechanical and chemical charac-
teristics, the biological compatibility of materials is especially important. The quality and
safety of materials is the top priority. Based on our practical treatment experience, we have
compiled a portfolio of innovative and proven materials to offer you ideal solutions for a
wide variety of orthopaedic technology applications.
Always at your service!

At Ottobock, we place great emphasis on CUSTOMER SERVICE. Our highly experienced
representatives are standing by – ready to assist you with their comprehensive expertise,
inform you about the latest developments and advise you on every aspect of our products.
If you have a complex enquiry, our product experts and specialists from Fabrication will
be delighted to help you. Our highly qualified sales team can assist with special technical
solutions and their on-site implementation. We also offer end-to-end service plans.
Explanation of symbols Explanations of hazardous substance symbols

Hazard
Hazard class and hazard category
Two components: A-component, B-component pictogram
Explosive substances/mixtures and products with explosive materials:
- Unstable, explosive
- Subclasses 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4
Self-reactive substances and mixtures, type A
Self-adhesive
Self-reactive substances and mixtures, type B (+ pictogram GHS02)
GHS01
Organic peroxides, type A
Exploding bomb
Organic peroxides, type B (+ pictogram GHS02)
Flammable gases, hazard category 1
Adhesive on both sides Aerosols, hazard categories 1, 2
Flammable liquids, hazard categories 1, 2, 3
Flammable solids, hazard categories 1, 2
Self-reactive substances and mixtures, types B (+ pictogram GHS01), C, D, E, F
Pyrophoric liquids, hazard category 1
30 Washable at 30 °C, gentle cycle
Pyrophoric solids, hazard category 1
Substances and mixtures capable of self-heating, hazard categories 1, 2
GHS02
Substances and mixtures that release inflammable gases in combination with water,
Flame
40 Washable at 40 °C, gentle cycle categories 1, 2, 3
Organic peroxides, types B (+ pictogram GHS01), C, D, E, F
Substances and mixtures that release inflammable gases in combination with water,
hazard categories 1, 2, 3
40 Washable at 40 °C
Oxidising gases, category 1

Oxidising liquids, categories 1, 2, 3
60 Washable at 60 °C Oxidising solids, categories 1, 2, 3
GHS03
Flame over circle
Dry flat Gases under pressure:

- compressed gases
- liquefied gases
- frozen liquefied gases
GHS04
- dissolved gases
Gas cylinder
Corrosive to metals, category 1

Corrosive/irritating effect on the skin, categories 1A, 1B, 1C
Severe eye damage/eye irritation, category 1
GHS05
Corrosion
Acute toxicity (oral, dermal, inhalation), categories 1, 2, 3

GHS06
Skull and
crossbones
Acute toxicity (oral, dermal, inhalation), category 4
Irritating to skin, category 2
Severe eye irritation, category 2
Skin sensitisation, categories 1, 1A und 1B
Specific target organ toxicity (one-time exposure), category 3
GHS07
Respiratory sensitisation, category 3 narcotic effect
Exclamation mark
Hazardous to the ozone layer, category 1
Respiratory sensitisation, categories 1, 1A und 1B
Germ cell mutagenicity, categories 1A, 1B, 2
Carcinogenicity, categories 1A, 1B, 2
Reproductive toxicity, categories 1A, 1B, 2
Specific target organ toxicity (one-time exposure), categories 1, 2
GHS08
Specific target organ toxicity (repeated exposure), categories 1, 2
Health hazard
Aspiration hazard, category 1
Hazardous to water
- acutely hazardous to water: category acute 1
- hazardous to water, long term: categories chronic 1, 2
GHS09
Environment
8 Ottobock | Materials
Hazard classes and hazard category codes

Hazard class Hazard classes and Hazard class Hazard classes and Hazard class Hazard classes and
hazard category codes hazard category codes hazard category codes
Explosive substances/ Unst. Expl. Substances and mixtures Water-react. 1 Severe eye damage/eye Eye Dam. 1
mixtures and products that release inflammable irritation
Expl. 1.1 Water-react. 2 Eye Irrit. 2
with explosive materials gases in combination
Expl. 1.2 with water Water-react. 3 Respiratory or skin sensi- Resp. Sens. 1
tisation
Expl. 1.3 Oxidising liquids Ox. Liq. 1 Resp. Sens. 1A
Expl. 1.4 Ox. Liq. 2 Resp. Sens. 1B
Expl. 1.5 Ox. Liq. 3 Skin. Sens. 1
Expl. 1.6 Oxidising solids Ox. Sol. 1 Skin. Sens. 1A
Inflammable gases Flam. Gas 1 Ox. Sol. 2 Skin. Sens. 1B
(including chemically
Flam. Gas 2 Ox. Sol. 3 Germ cell mutagenicity Muta. 1
instable gases)
Chem. Unst. Gas A Organic peroxides Org. Perox. A Muta. 1A
Chem. Unst. Gas B Org. Perox. B Muta. 1B
Aerosols Aerosol 1 Org. Perox. C Muta. 2
Aerosol 2 Org. Perox. CD Carcinogenicity Carc. 1
Aerosol 3 Org. Perox. D Carc. 1A
Oxidising gases Ox. Gas 1 Org. Perox. E Carc. 1B
Gases under pressure Press. Gas (Comp.) Org. Perox. EF Carc. 2
Press. Gas (Diss.) Org. Perox. F Reproductive toxicity Repr. 1
Press. Gas (Liq.) Org. Perox. G Repr. 1A
Press. Gas (Ref. Liq.) Corrosive to metals Met. Corr. 1 Repr. 1B
Inflammable liquids Flam. Liq. 1 Acute toxicity dermal Acute Tox. 1 Repr. 2
Flam. Liq. 2 dermal Acute Tox. 2 Lact.
Flam. Liq. 3 dermal Acute Tox. 3 Specific target organ STOT SE 1
toxicity (one-time
Inflammable solids Flam. Sol. 1 dermal Acute Tox. 4 STOT SE 2
exposure)
Flam. Sol. 2 inhalation Acute Tox. 1 drowsiness STOT SE 3
Self-reactive substances Self-react. A inhalation Acute Tox. 2 general STOT SE 3
and mixtures
Self-react. B inhalation Acute Tox. 3 resp. irrit. STOT SE 3
Self-react. C inhalation Acute Tox. 4 Specific target organ STOT RE 1
toxicity (repeated
Self-react. CD oral Acute Tox. 1 STOT RE 2
exposure)
Self-react. D oral Acute Tox. 2
Aspiration hazard Asp. Tox. 1
Self-react. E oral Acute Tox. 3
Hazardous to water Aquatic Acute 1
Self-react. EF oral Acute Tox. 4
Aquatic Chronic 1
Self-react. F Corrosive/irritating effect Skin. Corr. 1
Aquatic Chronic 2
on the skin
Self-react. G Skin Corr. 1A
Aquatic Chronic 3
Pyrophoric liquids Pyr. Liq. 1 Skin Corr. 1B
Aquatic Chronic 4
Pyrophoric solids Pyr. Sol. 1 Skin Corr. 1C
Hazardous to the ozone Ozone 1
Substances and mixtures Self-heat. 1 Skin Irrit. 2 layer
capable of self-heating
Self-heat. 2
The hazard pictograms and the hazard class and hazard category codes printed in the catalogue correspond to the labelling requirements for hazardous
substances at the time of printing. They refer to the raw materials in their unprocessed state and give notice of products classified as hazardous.
Changes reserved. For further information on the hazard statements, please see the corresponding Ottobock safety data sheet, which is available on
request.
Searching, finding and ordering

This catalogue is organised into sections.
Lamination technology
Acrylic lamination resins
Orthocryl lamination resin 80:20 Speed
Tabs on the right-hand page margins as well as the subtitles at the top of every page
Reference number 617H19S
• Lamination resin for small prosthetic and orthotic components

• Same mixing ratio of hardener powder and lamination resin as with 617H19 Orthocryl
lamination resin 80:20 (max. 3%)
also serve as quick and easy reference guides.

• Requires only half the curing time of Orthocryl lamination resin 80:20
• Using the same proportion of hardener powder prevents the formation of bubbles and a
brittle lamination with a shorter curing time 3
• Consistent lamination quality as with Orthocryl lamination resin 80:20, with a reduced
curing time
• Same viscosity with the same mechanical characteristics as Orthocryl lamination resin
80:20
• Can be combined with all common reinforcement materials in orthopaedic technology
• Hardener/colour pastes are easy to mix
Mixing ratio
Resin Hardener Pigment paste

100 1-3 3
Information material
Technical data
646D1444=EN_MASTER 617H19S Orthocryl
lamination resin 80:20 Article number Net contents
Speed product brief 617H19S=0.900 0.9 kg
646F351=EN_MASTER Lamination resins poster 617H19S=4.600 4.6 kg
617H19S=25 25 kg
ҏ The 642K13 filling set is available as an accessory for containers of 25 kg and over.
Practical recommendation 617H19S

Adding hardener powders in proportions greater than 3% results in the formation of bubbles
and a brittle lamination with all lamination resins used in the field of orthopaedic technology.
Use 617H19S Orthocryl lamination resin 80:20 Speed to make small components available for
further processing more quickly, without jeopardising quality.
Orthocryl lamination resin 80:20

Reference number 617H19
• The proven classic material for laminating

• Optimum 80:20 ratio for fabricating stiff laminates (with 20% 617H17 Orthocryl, soft)
•
•
Can be combined with all common reinforcement materials in orthopaedic technology
617H19=25 P supplied in plastic canister (filling set included)
Vinyl lamination resins
Technical data
Orthovinyl lamination resin
Article number Net contents Reference number 617H500
617H19=0.900 E 0.9 kg
Mixing ratio 617H19=4.600 E 4.6 kg
Resin Hardener Pigment paste 617H19=25 E 25 kg
• Lamination resin for high-strength components
100 1-3 3 617H19=25 P 25 kg • Laminating resin on vinyl ester basis
Information material ҏ The 642K13 filling set is available as an accessory for metal containers of 25 kg and over.
• The laminate achieves a verified biocompatible state following sufficient tempering (see
646F351=EN_MASTER Lamination resins poster processing instructions)
Practical recommendation 617H19
For sheet casting, use only 616F4 PVA film or 99B81 PVA bags. • The resin exhibits a slightly yellow tinge in the liquid state which is not, however, visible
in the laminate
• As with an acrylic resin, the curing time can be reliably determined based on the added
Materials | Ottobock 103 hardener and the temperature
• Higher degree of stability than an acrylic resin due to better bonding to the reinforcement
fibres
• High stiffness of the laminate with low wall thickness
Mixing ratio
• Bonds to carbon fibre more effectively than an acrylic resin
• Very easy to sand
Resin Hardener Pigment Pot life Setting
paste time • Excellent balance between matrix and reinforcement material
100 1 max. 3 34 minutes 75 minutes • Can be coloured with Ottobock pigment pastes
100 2 max. 3 20 minutes 50 minutes
• Small number of layers possible
• Very good impregnation, especially of carbon fibres
Information material • Can be combined with all common Ottobock carbon and glass fibres
646D1409=EN_MASTER 617H500 Orthovinyl
product brief
646F351=EN_MASTER Lamination resins poster
Technical data
Article number Net contents
617H500=0.900 0.9 kg
617H500=4.600 4.6 kg

• For sheet casting, use only 616F4 PVA film or 99B81 PVA bags.
The list of keywords lists all

• Use 617P37=0.150 hardening powder.
Index
• Do not use thinners.
• Final annealing: one hour per 1 mm laminate thickness at 80 °C.
• Use 636K8 Plastaband to seal the joints.
products in alphabetical order.

• Can be processed as quickly and easily as an acrylic resin.
Hardening powder
A Cellona® plaster bandages Reference number 617P37
.........................................................................
Cellona® skin protection cream ........................................................ 24, 382
16
Alternatively, the index lets you
find the page numbers for
Acetone .................................................................................................... 204 Cellular unvulcanized •rubber For Orthocryl resins and 617H500 Orthovinyl229
.................................................................. resin as well as 636K18 Orthocryl sealing
Acryform Mono ........................................................................................ 171 Chemical protection glove .......................................................................
resin compact adhesive 374
Acryform Poly .......................................................................................... 170 Chemical protection gloves ......................................................................
• Includes 1 g measuring spoon 375
Acrymed Mono......................................................................................... 170
products by reference number.

Chlorosil/Chlorosil catalyst ............................................................
• Mixes well with Orthocryl and Orthovinyl resins 163, 164
Reference number index

Acrymed Poly ........................................................................................... 170 Chrome kid leather .................................................................................. 243
• Easy dosing
Adhesive tape for vacuum technique ............... 37, 116, 130, 145, 150, 200 Clip fastener............................................................................................. 315
• Reduces the flow properties of Orthocryl and Orthovinyl resins
Akemi fast curing putty ........................................................................... 174 Coarse dust filter ...................................................................................... 379
Alabaster modelling plaster ....................................................................... 17 Combination filter .................................................................................... 379
Alginate ..................................................................................................... 27 ComforTex air .......................................................................................... 236
Anatomical softgrip handles .................................................................... 367 ComforTex grippy .................................................................................... 235
Anchor preform ......................................................................................... 87 ComforTex smooth ................................................................................... 234
Antibacterial ThermoLyn clear .................................................................. 41 ComforTex soft .........................................................................................
Technical data 233
1 – 10
Antibacterial ThermoLyn rigid ................................................................... 42 85H11
85H31
Article
............................................................
Compoflex® 250 absorbent fleece ............................................................ 143
............................................................
number
162
166 Net616F1
616B65 .......................................................... 138
............................................................ 121
contents
Antibacterial ThermoLyn soft, beige ..........................................................
Information material 44 Compoflex® SB
5Z14 ................................................................ 87250 absorbent
85P11
fleece ....................................................... 144
............................................................ 163
617P37=0.150 616F4 ............................................................ 120
Antibacterial ThermoLyn soft, colourless .................................................
646F351=EN_MASTER 43 Lamination “Concrete” socket
87 decor
resins poster
5Z15 ................................................................ ...........................................................................0.15
279kg
Attachment plate ..................................................................................... 333 85P21 ............................................................ 163 616F8 ................................................... 129, 199
“Concrete” thermopaper
5Z16 ................................................................ 88 .......................................................................... 260
85P31 ............................................................
Practical recommendation 617P37 164 616F10 ................................................. 127, 197
Contact adhesive
5Z17 ................................................................ 89 ..................................................................... 147, 177, 182
B
85Z ................................................................
Applies to all Orthocryl resins: add max.168 3% 617P37 616F26 .............................................
hardening powder. 37, 63, 150
Container preform ..................................................................................... 89
87A1 ................................................................ 27 616F27 .................................................... 37, 150
11 – 29
Bandage rosette ..............................................................................
108 Ottobock331, 332
| Materialien
Cooling spray .................................................................................. 112, 140
87A5 ........................................................ 29, 161
Copper rivet ............................................................................................. 339
616F28 .................................................... 39, 152
Bandages ................................................................................................. 383 87G1 ................................................................ 18 616G3 .............................................................. 77
Copying pens214
6T2 ................................................................ ............................................................................................. 20
“Bears, blue, green, grey” socket decor ................................................... 274 87G4 ................................................................ 18 616G4 .............................................................. 82
C-Orthocryl ..............................................................................................
17Y106 ............................................................ 86 104
“Bears, blue, green, grey” thermopaper .................................................. 256 87Z ................................................................ 168 616G6 ............................................... 40, 90, 153
Cotton stockinette
17Z ................................................................ 346 .................................................................................... 245
“Bears, green, purple, orange” socket decor............................................ 273 88M10 ........................................................... 307 616G12 ............................. 83, 84, 110, 112, 140
Countersunk346
17Z2 .............................................................. head wood screw, slotted ................................................... 337
“Bears, green, purple, orange” thermopaper ........................................... 254 89M2 ............................................................. 166 616G13 ............................................................ 80
CP contact adhesive
21B3 .............................................................. 304 ................................................................................. 178
“Bears, red, blue, yellow” socket decor ................................................... 270 99B25 ........................................................ 25, 66 616G14 ............................................................ 80
CR contact adhesive
21B4 .............................................................. 303 ................................................................................. 178
“Bears, red, blue, yellow” thermopaper .................................................. 252 99B71 ........................................... 113, 122, 141 616G15 ............................................................ 81
Crepe adhesive
21B21 ............................................................ 306tape ........................................................................ 131, 202
Bedding foam, self-adhesive .................................................................... 230 99B81 ................................... 116, 121, 144, 157 616G18 ............................................................ 82
Cross-linking306
21B22 ............................................................ agent .................................................................................. 181
Belting ..................................................................................................... 316 616G26 ...................................................... 63, 90
Cut-resistant306
21B33 ............................................................ protective gloves ................................................................. 373
BetaSil kit with case................................................................................. 164
Cyamet quick-drying
21B34 ..............................................................
BetaSil refill set ........................................................................................ 165
24 adhesive (superglue) ..................................... 158, 188 100 – 499 616G60 .......................................................... 143
616G61 .......................................................... 144
Cyanoacrylate
21B37 ............................................................ 305quick-drying
170D17adhesive as dosage pen ...................... 316
.......................................................... 159, 188
Bipatrix® quick plaster bandage ................................................................ 15 616G128........................................................ 290
21B42 ............................................................ 309 170D20 .......................................................... 316 616G180........................................................ 289
D
Biplatrix® quick plaster bandage ............................................................... 15
21B43 ............................................................ 309 170D21.......................................................... 324
Blank calf leather..................................................................................... 243 616G181....................................... 110, 112, 140
21B44 ............................................................ 309 170D29.......................................................... 324
Body protection stockinette ....................................................................... 24 DACRON® felt .............................................................................. 40, 90, 153 616H10 ........................................................... 86
21Y5 .............................................................. 331 170Z4 ............................................................ 322
Body protection stockinette kit .................................................................. 23 Dauerbinde®332 K ........................................................................................... 17 616H11 ........................................................... 85
21Y6 ..............................................................
Bonding agent .................................................................. 38, 151, 158, 187 Dino foam ................................................................................................ 616H20 ........................................................... 79
227
21Y17 ............................................................
Boot cover ................................................................................................ 381 Dispensing
21Y27 ............................................................ 332
333
gun for special adhesive cartridge A and 500 – 599
B............................ 616S5 ............................................................ 164
186
Brass pins ................................................................................................ 337 Disposable aprons 616S6 ............................................................ 165
21Y31 ............................................................ 333 ...................................................................................
501S3 ............................................................ 335 380
Brass sheet (Durana) ............................................................................... 347 Disposable gloves 616S8 ............................................................ 240
21Y56 ............................................................ 307 ....................................................................................
501S16 .......................................................... 334 373
Buckle piece.................................................................................... 307, 308 Disposable particle fi lter masks ...............................................................
501S33 .......................................................... 334 616S116 ........................................................ 239
378
21Y58 ............................................................ 307
Buckle strap .................................................................................... 307, 308 Double hollow rivet .................................................................................
501T19 .......................................................... 334 338 616T .............................................................. 230
21Y60 ............................................................ 308
“Butterflies” socket decor ........................................................................ 272 Double-sided308 adhesive 502E1 tape............................................................
...................................................... 64,332 132, 203 616T*............................................ 49, 50, 51, 61
21Y62 ............................................................
“Butterflies” thermopaper ....................................................................... 253 Double-sided327 PVC adhesive tape..................................................... 335
502R1 ............................................................ 127, 197 616T3 ......................................... 30, 47, 98, 119
21Y75N .........................................................
Dur aluminum sheet metal
503F3 ......................................................................
............................................................ 333 616T16 ............................................................ 52
347
21Y78 ................................................... 327, 328
C Dyatec ......................................................................................................
21Y92 ............................................................ 315 503L1 ............................................................ 337 228 616T25 .......................................................... 231
616T52 ............................................................ 55
Dynoform.................................................................................................
21Y122 .......................................................... 326 504F1 ............................................................ 339 224
“Camouflage Earth” socket decor............................................................. 280
Prosthetics NeuroOrthopaedics
Dynoform, perforated ..............................................................................
504F2 ............................................................ 339 616T53 ............................................................ 58
225
22K ................................................................
“Camouflage Earth” thermopaper ............................................................ 261 366
504F3 ............................................................ 339 616T59 ............................................................ 59
22K5 .............................................................. 366
E
Carbon fibre prepreg, unidirectional........................................................ 137 616T69 ............................................................ 56
22K7 ..............................................................
“Carbon, heavy grey” thermopaper ......................................................... 266 367 504H1............................................................ 338
616T73 ............................................................ 46
22K10 ............................................................
“Carbon, raspberry red” socket decor ...................................................... 283 EasyFit Arm 366 Lower
donning
504H3
aidlimbs ............................................................ 338
......................................................................... 302
Consulting, Planning and Equipping

506A1 ............................................................ 337 616T83 ............................................................ 54
22S2 ..............................................................
“Carbon, raspberry red” thermopaper ..................................................... 264 Easy Fit donning 367 aid ................................................................................ 300
507S15 .......................................................... 331 616T111 .......................................................... 60
23K1 ..............................................................
“Carbon, sand” socket decor.................................................................... 282 Elastic double 368strap ................................................................................. 318
507U3............................................................ 337 616T112=1.5-99 ............................................. 68
23K2 ..............................................................
“Carbon, sand” thermopaper................................................................... 264 Elastic plaster 368bandages ............................................................................ 16
514U2............................................................ 315 616T120 .......................................................... 48
23K6 ..............................................................
Carbon synthetic leather.......................................................................... 247 Elastic stockinette,368 white (filtering bag)..................................................... 75
514Z8 ............................................................ 314 616T183 .......................................................... 52
23K11 ............................................................
CarbonTEX - fibreglass cloth .................................................................... 289 369
Elastic strap ............................................................................................. 317
514Z9 ............................................................ 314 616T200 .......................................................... 45
23K12 ............................................................
CarbonTEX PRO – woven carbon fibre ..................................................... 290 Elastogrip closure 369 .................................................................................... 320
616T252 .......................................................... 42
23K77 ............................................................
Carbon UD stockinette ............................................................................... 79 Electric welder 367safety514Z13 .......................................................... 310
shield .................................................................... 377
514Z14 .......................................................... 311 616T253 .......................................................... 43
29C3 ..............................................................
“Carbon, water blue” socket decor .......................................................... 284 EP hardener 330 for Orthopox ........................................................................ 109
514Z20 .......................................................... 312 616T269 .......................................................... 44
29C5 ..............................................................
“Carbon, water blue” thermopaper.......................................................... 265 330
Evazote® .................................................................................................. 217
514Z21 .......................................................... 313 616T283 .......................................................... 41
29C6 ..............................................................
Carrying case ........................................................................................... 379 331
Eyelet ....................................................................................................... 338
616T690 .......................................................... 57
Consulting, Planning and Equipping
NeuroOrthopaedics
29R127 ..........................................................
Carrying strap rosette .............................................................................. 332 514Z114 ........................................................ 311
315set ...................................................................................
Eyewash bottle 384
616Z9 ............................................................ 365
29Y27 ............................................................
Carrying strap screw head ....................................................................... 336 335 515A1 ............................................................ 338
Eyewash station ....................................................................................... 384 617D50............................................................ 97
29Y57 ............................................................
Catalyst .................................................................................................... 156 330 516N8............................................................ 336
516S3 ............................................................ 336 617D51............................................................ 97
29Y63 ............................................................
Cellacast Xtra® synthetic casting tapes ...................................................... 22 325
516S5 ............................................................ 336 617F8 .............................................................. 30
29Z63 ............................................................ 325
519L5 ............................................. 69, 158, 341 617H5............................................................ 109
617H11 ........................................................... 91
30 – 99
386 Ottobock | Materials 81A1 .......................... 26, 67, 72, 114, 142, 167
600 – 699 617H12 ........................................................... 92
617H17 ......................................................... 105
83A2 .............................................................. 169 603F1 ............................................................ 346 617H19 ......................................................... 103
83A4 .............................................................. 169 605P8 ............................................................ 345 617H19S ....................................................... 103
83L1 .............................................................. 169 605T1 ............................................................ 347 617H21 ......................................................... 101
84A1 .............................................................. 170 608T1 ............................................................ 347 617H32 ........................................................... 92
84A3 .............................................................. 170 616B10 .......................................................... 136 617H35 ........................................................... 95
84P1 .............................................................. 170 616B11 .......................................................... 137 617H37 ..................................................... 31, 91
© Ottobock · 646K10=GB-04-1703 · Technical modifications and printing errors reserved.
© Ottobock · 646K2=en_Master-01-2010 · Technical changes and printing errors reserved
616B13 .......................................................... 137 617H41 ........................................................... 94

© Ottobock · 646K4=en_INT-01-2005 · Technical changes and printing errors reserved
84P3 .............................................................. 171

84V1 ................................................................ 27 616B15 .......................................................... 138 617H42 ........................................................... 96
85F1 .......................................................... 14, 65 616B16 ................................... 39, 113, 141, 152 617H43 ......................................................... 156
85F3 .............................................................. 124 616B60 ................................................. 111, 139 617H44 ......................................................... 156
Ottobock SE & Co. KGaA

Max-Näder-Straße 15 · 37115 Duderstadt
T +49 (0)5527 848-1706 · F +49 (0)5527 72330
export@ottobock.com · www.ottobock.com
Information for specialist dealers Information for specialist dealers
22.03.2017 10:13:07
646K4-en_INT-01-2005_COVER_PRINT.indd Benutzerdefiniert V 13.05.2020 11:27:28
For more information on custom Information about products in the Further information about solutions
solutions for specialist orthopaedic lower limb prosthetics field is found in in the field of NeuroOrthopaedics
technology operations, please see the corresponding 646K2 catalogue. is found in the 646K4 catalogue.
the 646K10 Consulting, Planning &
Equipping catalogue.
Name of product Lamination technology

Product description at a glance

Illustration of product •
•
Lamination resin for small prosthetic and orthotic components
Same mixing ratio of hardener powder and lamination resin as with 617H19 Orthocryl
curing time
80:20
Mixing ratio • Can be combined with all common reinforcement materials in orthopaedic technology
Mixing ratio
Hazard information
100 1-3 3
Available information
material
Technical data Technical data
Awards Notice
617H19S=25 25 kg
ҏ The 642K13 filling set is available as an accessory for containers of 25 kg and over.
Tip


• 617H19=25 P supplied in plastic canister (filling set included)
Technical data
617H19=0.900 E 0.9 kg
100 1-3 3 617H19=25 P 25 kg
Information material ҏ The 642K13 filling set is available as an accessory for metal containers of 25 kg and over.
For sheet casting, use only 616F4 PVA film or 99B81 PVA bags.
Please note that the basic colours listed in the catalogue do not necessarily match the actual colour effect.
Plaster and forming 1
technology

A plaster cast fabricated according to functional
aspects is a prerequisite for good contact between
the prosthetic socket and the residual limb.
Aside from skilled craftsmanship, the plaster casting

technology – from taking impressions on the patient
to practical positive modelling – also requires mate-
rials of high quality. The plaster used should have a
porous structure and yet still be fine-grained. Once
final corrections have been made, the plaster positive
is sanded down to a smooth finish and thoroughly
dried. Only then can the process of preparing a pros-
thetic socket using the plaster model be started.
Pedilen duplicating foams have proven excellent for

precise forming of prosthetic sockets. The hardened,
formed part is flexible and can easily be removed
from the socket. It retains its shape and dimensions.
These characteristics ensure precise and reliable
finishing.
Visit www.pem.ottobock.com to obtain

up-to-date product information at any time.
Plaster and forming technology
Plaster casting technology
Plaster insulating cream

Reference number 640Z5
• Separating layer for isolating the skin during plaster casting

• Readily visible transfer of markings to the negative with an indelible pencil or grease
pencil
• Applied to the skin, an even insulating film forms immediately due to body heat
• Does not smear, drip or stick
Technical data
640Z5=1 1 kg
640Z5=5 5 kg
Plaster parting agent

Reference number 85F1
• For isolating plaster from plaster

• For isolating plaster from thermoplastics
Technical data
85F1 1l
Processing and usage examples for 85F1
Immerse stockinette directly in 85F1 Take the stockinette impregnated with Immediately before vacuum forming,
plaster parting agent and allow to soak, plaster parting agent out of the bottle or impregnate the stockinette with plaster
or fill plaster parting agent into a 642B2 measuring cup and pull it directly over the parting agent again and rub it in.
measuring cup and immerse stockinette. model.
Plaster and forming technology 1
Bipatrix® quick plaster bandage

Reference number 699G*
• For taking a plaster cast

• Consists of a cotton substrate coated with a special natural plaster blend
• Latex-free
• Very good modelling properties
• Minimised dipping losses
• Easy to process
• Ensures high final strength, even with few layers
• Also available as 699G21 longuette for individual cutting
• Dipping water temperature: 20 °C to 25 °C
• Working time: approx. 2 minutes
• Load bearing capacity: partial load after 30 minutes, full load after 48 hours
Technical data
Article number Length Width Order unit Package contents
699G19=2X6 2m 6 cm Package Package of 20, sealed in packs of 2 bandages
Biplatrix® quick plaster bandage

Reference number 699G21

• Consists of a cotton substrate coated with a special natural plaster blend
• Latex-free
• Very easy moulding
• Minimised dipping losses
• Easy to process
• Ensures high final strength, even with few layers
• Longuette for individual cutting
• Dipping water temperature: 20 °C to 25 °C
• Working time: approx. 2 minutes
• Load bearing capacity: partial load after 30 minutes, full load after 48 hours
Technical data
699G21=25X10 25 m 10 cm Package Package of 1, 4 layers
Biplatrix® is a registered trademark of BSN medical.
Elastic plaster bandages


• Compression of the elastic bandage begins as the plaster cures
• Curing time adapted to the application
• Coated plaster bandage that leads to less plaster waste, is easier and faster to work with,
can take loads earlier and results in a higher final strength of the bandage
Technical data
699G1=10-12 3.6 m 10 cm Package 12 piece(s)
699G1=12-12 3.6 m 12 cm Package 12 piece(s)
Cellona® plaster bandages

Reference number 699G*

• Easy moulding
• The bandage is ready for loading or transportation after only approx. 30 minutes and
fully cured after approx. 24 hours
• Coated plaster bandage that leads to less plaster waste, is easier and faster to work with,
can take loads earlier and results in a higher final strength of the bandage
Technical data
699G3=6-10 2m 6 cm Package 10 piece(s)
Cellona® is a registered trademark of Lohmann.
Dauerbinde® K
Reference number 699C6
• For compression after amputation

• To support and relieve the supporting apparatus and locomotor system
• For the fixation of bandages
• For the immobilisation of body parts
• For the reduction of haematomas
• 58% cotton, 24% polyamide, 8% spandex, 10% viscose
• Elasticity approx. 175%
• Easy handling for application of the long stretch bandage
• Strong fabric structure
• High permanent elasticity
• High restoring force
• Washable (can be washed 10 times at 95 °C with mild detergent, dry flat)
646D369=EN_INT 699C6 Dauerbinde® K
product brief
••••••

Technical data
Article number Length Width Colour Order unit Package
contents
699C6=10 7m 10 cm Beige Package 10 piece(s)
699C6=12 7m 12 cm Beige Package 10 piece(s)
Stucco plaster
• For fabricating positive moulds for orthopaedic technology

• Coarser grain than alabaster modelling plaster
• Quick hardening
• High strength
Technical data
699G2=25 25 kg
Alabaster modelling plaster

• For fabricating positive moulds for orthopaedic technology

• Made of select raw stones, finely ground and very pure with a high index of whiteness
• After hardening, the surface is smooth and very well suited for modelling
Technical data
699G4=25 25 kg
Dauerbinde® is a registered trademark of Lohmann.
Synthetic plaster
• For accurate visual models and mould construction

• Especially pure raw material
• Good water squeeze-out ability and high absorption capacity
• Above average hardness
Technical data
87G1 25 kg
Mixing ratio
Water Synthetic plaster 87G1

1 3
Porous plaster
• Special plaster for direct contact with silicones in vacuum technology for Pastasil and
Chlorosil
• Porous plaster for silicone technology
• Harder than modelling plaster
• Very good stability
• Low water consumption
Technical data
87G4=25 25 kg
Practical recommendation 87G4

Mixing ratio • Mixing time approx. 2–4 minutes.
Water Porous plaster 87G4 • To protect the product during use, open or partly used bags should be carefully folded and
1 1.6
sealed.
Orthocryl varnish
Reference number 635L12
• For isolating damp plaster models

• High quality 1-component acrylic-based topcoat for metals, wood and various plastics
• For varnishing sanded laminate surfaces
• Base: synthetic adhesive agent and solvent
• Resistant to touch after approx. 1 hour and fully cured after approx. 24 hours
• Can be coloured with Ottobock pigment pastes
• 634A1 suitable as a thinner

Technical data
646F297=GB Adhesives, putties, Article number Net contents Colour
varnishes and thinners 635L12 0.95 kg Transparent
poster
Thinner and solvent

Reference number 634A1
• For thinning and as a cleaning agent, among other things for 635L8 socket interior
varnish and 635L12 Orthocryl varnish
• For washing varnishes
• For cleaning and degreasing, e.g. metals, wood, parchment
• Excellent thinner and solvent

Technical data
634A1=0.950 0.95 kg
634A1=5 5 kg
634A1=10 10 kg
Copying pens
• For marking on plaster casts and models

• Waterborne paint base
Technical data
Article number Colour Order unit Package contents
645C1 Blue Package 12 piece(s)
Grease pens
• For marking on damp plaster casts and models

• For marking, e.g. on thermoplastic materials
• For paper, glass, plastic, metal
• Good alternative to permanent makers, since easily removable
• Lead made of high-quality pigments
• Paintable with water
Technical data
Article number Colour Order unit Package contents
645C2=2 Red Package 12 piece(s)
645C2=3 Green Package 12 piece(s)
645C2=5 Blue Package 12 piece(s)
Grit cloth
• Facilitates the simplified surface treatment of plaster models

• Adapts to curvatures during the sanding process
Technical data
Article number Length Width Grain
649G22=100 280 mm 230 mm 100
649G22=180 280 mm 230 mm 180
Soft Pad sanding paper

• For manual finish grinding of contours, curvatures and hard to reach areas
• Polyurethane foam with aluminium oxide
• Can be used wet and dry
• Highly flexible, does not buckle
• Does not form sharp edges
• Adapts to any contour
• Does not slip in the hand
• Produces a very fine and even finish
Technical data
Article Version Length Width Grain Height Order unit Package
number contents
649G26=320 320 115 mm 140 mm 320 – 400 5 mm Package 20 piece(s)
(fine)
649G26=400 400 115 mm 140 mm 400 – 500 5 mm Package 20 piece(s)
(super fine)
Processing and usage examples for 649G26
Compress 649G26 Soft Pad sanding paper With the soaked Soft Pad sanding paper, Soak Soft Pad sanding paper with water
and submerge it in water until fully soaked. sand the plaster model using the abrasive again and use the foam side to hone the
side with circular movements and low pres- plaster model in order to close fine pores
sure. (Do not rinse sanding residue under with the accumulated plaster residue.
running water!) Soft pad sanding paper can
be folded centrally, so that small radii can
be worked without damaging the brim.
Cellacast Xtra® synthetic casting tapes

• For immobilisation after fractures, operations and orthopaedic corrections; for treatment
of joint and bone disorders and for promoting mobilisation as well as for bandaging child
patients
• For making temporary fastenings in prosthetics (socket protection/adapter securing,
e.g. check sockets)
• For producing negative casts (orthotics)
• Alternative to the conventional plaster bandage
• Lightweight, permeable to air, X-ray transparent, waterproof and very stable once
hardened
• Good adhesion to various materials, e.g. wood, lamination resin, foam, thermoplastic
materials
Technical data
Product example
Article number Length Width Colour Order unit Package
contents
699G30=5-3-10 3.6 m 5 cm Green Package 10 piece(s)
699G30=7.5-3-10 3.6 m 7.5 cm Green Package 10 piece(s)
699G30=10-3-10 3.6 m 10 cm Green Package 10 piece(s)
699G30=12.5-3-10 3.6 m 12.5 cm Green Package 10 piece(s)
699G30=5-4-10 3.6 m 5 cm Yellow Package 10 piece(s)
699G30=7.5-4-10 3.6 m 7.5 cm Yellow Package 10 piece(s)
699G30=10-4-10 3.6 m 10 cm Yellow Package 10 piece(s)
699G30=12.5-4-10 3.6 m 12.5 cm Yellow Package 10 piece(s)
699G30=5-5-10 3.6 m 5 cm Blue Package 10 piece(s)
699G30=7.5-5-10 3.6 m 7.5 cm Blue Package 10 piece(s)
699G30=10-5-10 3.6 m 10 cm Blue Package 10 piece(s)
699G30=12.5-5-10 3.6 m 12.5 cm Blue Package 10 piece(s)
699G30=5-9-10 3.6 m 5 cm Cream Package 10 piece(s)
699G30=7.5-9-10 3.6 m 7.5 cm Cream Package 10 piece(s)
699G30=10-9-10 3.6 m 10 cm Cream Package 10 piece(s)
699G30=12.5-9-10 3.6 m 12.5 cm Cream Package 10 piece(s)
699G30=5-13-10 3.6 m 5 cm Orange Package 10 piece(s)
699G30=7.5-13-10 3.6 m 7.5 cm Orange Package 10 piece(s)
699G30=10-13-10 3.6 m 10 cm Orange Package 10 piece(s)
699G30=12.5-13-10 3.6 m 12.5 cm Orange Package 10 piece(s)

• We recommend using 641H9=2 latex-free examination gloves for processing.
• The bandage can be prevented from sticking to the skin by enveloping all surfaces that come
into contact with the synthetic bandage in a body protection stockinette (e.g. 81A1 nylon
stockinette) before applying the bandage.
Cellacast Xtra® is a registered trademark of Lohmann.
Plaster sock
Reference number 641T9
• Device to protect the body during plastering

• For forearm fittings
• 88% polyamide and 12% spandex
• Prevents skin stressing
• Suitable for surfaces
Technical data
Article number For size Length Width
641T9=M M 350 mm 75 mm
Plaster shirt

• For upper arm residual limbs and shoulder disarticulation
• 88% polyamide and 12% spandex
Technical data
Article number For size Length Width
641T10=M M 665 mm 370 mm
Body protection stockinette kit


• Body protection stockinette and residual limb protection stockinette for transfemoral
amputations
• 100% cotton
Technical data
Article number Version Length Width Order unit Package
contents
641T3=1 1 16 cm 30 cm Package 6 piece(s)
Body protection stockinette


• Body protection stockinette for hip disarticulation
• 100% cotton
Technical data
Article number Version Width Order unit Package contents
641T2=1 1 Approx. 30 cm Package 6 piece(s)
641T2=2 2 Approx. 38 cm Package 6 piece(s)
Stockinette straps
Reference number 21B34
• Attaching the stockinette during plaster casting

• Suspenders, narrow, with clip fasteners
• Nickel-free metal parts
• Washable
• Reusable
Technical data
Article number Version Length Weight
21B34 Rubber strap with clips 120 cm 0.09 kg
Cellona® skin protection cream

• Protection and care cream for use during plastering work

• Easy dosing
• Penetrates quickly
• The skin is covered by a permeable protective care film
• Ideal for highly stressed skin
Technical data
Article number Net contents Order unit
640Z10 0.1 l Tube
Nylon stockinette
• For plaster casting, e.g. for KAFOs

• Suitable as filter tube for vacuum forming
• Polyamide
• Pre-impregnated
Technical data
Article number Length Order unit Package contents
99B25 Approx. 50 cm Package 10 piece(s)
Practical recommendation 99B25

Can be individually shortened and welded.
Processing and usage examples for 99B25
Pre-tension the 99B25 nylon stockinette, Using the flame of a cigarette lighter, weld With the welded seam turned inwards, pull
twist it and then secure it with combination the cut surface and then immediately the sock over the model.
pliers. Using a pair of scissors, cut off the smoothen the weld seam.
end of the seam.
Nylon stockinette

• Suitable as a filter and final layer for laminating
• For reinforcing Pastasil
• For vacuum technique with Chlorosil
• Polyamide
• Especially elastic
• Not pre-impregnated
Technical data
Article number Length Width Weight
81A1=8 101.5 m 8 cm 1 kg
81A1=10 84.6 m 10 cm 1 kg
81A1=12 67.8 m 12 cm 1 kg
81A1=15 52.5 m 15 cm 1 kg
81A1=20 48 m 20 cm 1 kg
Practical recommendation 81A1

Individually adaptable and weldable.
Processing and usage examples for 81A1
Application example – vacuum forming Application example – vacuum forming With the welded seam turned inwards, pull
in orthotics in prosthetics the sock over the model.
Pull 81A1 nylon stockinette over the Pre-tension the 81A1 nylon stockinette,
plaster model, cut to length so it is twice twist it and then secure it with combination
the size of the model, twist off and fold pliers. Using a pair of scissors, cut off the
back again. end of the seam. Using the flame of a ciga-
rette lighter, weld the cut surface and then
immediately smoothen the weld seam.
Alginate
• For detailed impressions of hands, fingers, feet, for epitheses and scar fittings
• Higher accuracy and level of detail than plaster
• Remains elastic after curing

Mixing ratio
Technical data
Water Alginate 87A1
1 1
87A1 0.45 kg

Mix in 1:1 ratio with cold water and apply as a layer of approx. 1 cm. Reinforce the exterior
with a plaster bandage. Once hardened, promptly fill with 87G1/G4 plaster. Immediately after
making the Alginate impression, prepare the plaster positive.
Vaseline
Reference number 84V1
• For isolating the skin for plaster casts

• High melting temperature, more effectively keeping the Vaseline in the areas to be
isolated
• Especially well suited for taking impressions in warm environments due to the high
melting temperature, remaining on the skin for a longer period of time
• Very high purity
• Pasty consistency
• Easy to spread
Technical data
Article number Net contents Colour
84V1 0.225 kg White
Taking impressions
Impresil kit with case

• For producing flexible and clean impressions

• Can be used for taking impressions and correcting trial fittings on the patient in many
areas, including finger prostheses, partial hand prostheses, scar compression masks and
gloves, forefoot prostheses, transfemoral and transtibial prostheses, liners as well as
orthoses
• Enables taking a highly detailed impression of the area in question
• Clean processing under all ambient conditions
• Does not adhere to skin and hair, therefore easy to demould
• Unlike plaster bandages, does not leave residues on the skin
• Can be finished
• Can be sanded
• Saves time and material
Information material • Refillable
647G363 642V15=1/87A5 Impresil • No irritants or allergens, therefore suitable for use on unbroken skin (no open wounds)
instructions for use
Technical data
Article number Shore hardness Package contents
642V15=1 30° Shore A 1 dispenser,
5 cartridges, 75 ml each (component A and component B),
20 static mixers
Practical recommendation 642V15

• To prevent the material from dripping, apply a maximum of 5 mm to vertical surfaces during
each process step.
• The processing time can be extended by cool storage.
Processing and usage examples for 642V15
ompensation of shape and volume differ-

C ompensation of shape and volume differ-
C For taking impressions on the patient, e.g.
ences in the trial phase of scar compression ences in the trial phase of prosthetic partial hand/forefoot prostheses.
fittings. sockets for the upper and lower limbs and
in orthotics.
Taking impressions
Impresil refill set

Technical data
Article number Package contents
87A5 5 cartridges, 75 ml each (component A and component B),
10 static mixers
647G363 642V15=1/87A5 Impresil
Refill pack: Impresil static mixer

Reference number 756Y74
Technical data
756Y74 100 static mixers
647G363 642V15=1/87A5 Impresil
Forming technology
HS parting agent
• For isolating the residual limb socket before taking a cast

• Solvent-free
Technical data
617F8=0.150 0.15 kg
617F8=1 0.865 kg
617F8=5 4.6 kg
Practical recommendation 617F8

• Before taking impressions, the residual limb socket should be dry and free of grease and oil.
• In order to achieve optimum isolation, the residual limb socket should be thinly swashed out
with the parting agent or the parting agent should be applied thinly with a cloth and then
dried with cold air.
ThermoLyn trolene
• Flexible polyethylene
• Used as a forming and parting material
• For orthotic components that require little stiffness but high flexibility
• For fabricating flaps in socket technology
• Individually cut to size, it can be used as a device for filling work
• Reusable and easy to clean due to its smooth surface
• Opaque
• Good transparency
• Low molecular weight
• Good thermoplastic formability
• High flexibility
• Temperature recommendation: processing temperature 125 °C (convection oven,
Information material infrared oven)
646F265=EN_INT Thermoplastics poster
Technical data
Article number Length Width Thickness Colour
616T3=1 1000 mm 500 mm 1 mm Natural colour
616T3=2000X1000X2 2000 mm 1000 mm 2 mm Natural colour
Practical recommendation 616T3

Can also be used as a dummy material, e.g. with lamination technique.
Forming technology
Pedilen duplicating foam

• Two-component synthetic material, excellent for quickly taking impressions of prosthetic

sockets
• Undercuts are transferred exactly and can be demoulded easily
• Can be finished, for example by sanding, application of 636K17 lightweight putty
• Sensitive to moisture
Technical data
617H37=0.865 0.865 kg
617H37=4.600 4.6 kg
617H37=9.320 9.32 kg

Immediately after the Pedilen duplicating foam has hardened and cooled, line the cast with an
adequately stable layer of plaster. Let this layer harden and fill the model with plaster.
Hardener for Pedilen rigid foams

Reference number 617P21
• Hardener for all Pedilen rigid foams and Pedilen duplicating foams
• Hardener has no influence on the swelling factor, foam determines the swelling factor

inhalation Acute Tox. 4,

Skin Irrit. 2,
Eye Irrit. 2,
Resp. Sens. 1,
Skin. Sens. 1 ,
Carc. 2,
resp. irrit. STOT SE 3,
STOT RE 2
Mixing ratio for a residual limb length of 20 cm and a
circumference of the residual limb (centre) of 20 cm
Technical data
Pedilen duplicating foam Hardener for Pedilen
617H37 rigid foams 617P21 Article number Net contents
100 40 617P21=0.865 0.865 kg

617P21=2.300 2.3 kg
Product example 617P21=4.600 4.6 kg
617P21=9.320 9.32 kg
See the table below for further mixing ratios. (Duplicating Foam:Hardener; quantities in g)
Circumference of residual limb (centre)
Residual limb length
20 cm 30 cm 40 cm 50 cm 60 cm
10 cm 50 : 20 100 : 40 150 : 60 200 : 80 200 : 80
20 cm 100 : 40 150 : 60 200 : 80 300 : 120 400 : 80
30 cm 100 : 40 200 : 80 250 : 100 350 : 140 400 : 160
40 cm 150 : 60 200 : 80 350 : 140 400 : 160 500 : 200
Practical recommendation 617P21

• Shake for 30 seconds before use.
• For the exact mixing ratio, we recommend the 642B2 measuring cup.
Forming technology
Pedilen impression foam

Reference number 699S1
• Foamed synthetic material for taking foot impressions in orthopaedic technology, e.g. for
insole fabrication
• For making plaster positives from a three-dimensional imprint
• Quick impression taking and easy removal of plaster positives
Technical data
Article number Length Width Thickness Order unit Package
contents
699S1=25 305 mm 140 mm 4 cm Package 25 pair
699S1=25-5 305 mm 140 mm 5 cm Package 25 pair
Notes 1
Thermoplastics
2

Thermoplastics are being used for more and more
applications in orthopaedic technology. We offer a
wide variety of thermoplastics from polyethylene
(PE) and polypropylene (PP) to copolyester (PETG).
The polyethylene (PE) and polypropylene (PP)
synthetic material groups are particularly well suited
for the fabrication of prostheses and orthoses. These
materials are particularly lightweight and suitable
for functional use in orthopaedic technology. Copoly-
ester (PETG) is also used, for example in the fabrica-
tion of self-supporting check sockets.
In this context the Skinguard technology also stands

out as one of the highlights in our selection of ther-
moplastics. Skinguard is an umbrella brand repre-
senting technologies with various antibacterial subs-
tances based on different active principles. Ottobock
Skinguard technology protects the product against
a broad spectrum of different microorganisms.
The benefit for the user is that odours caused by
microbes are considerably reduced and discoloura-
tion is decreased. Thus, this technology ensures the
extended durability of the product. These additives
also enhance the wearing characteristics and skin
comfort.

Thermoplastics
Thermoplastic prepregs
TP.C woven carbon fibre

Reference number 617R15
• For high-strength, very thin orthoses on a thermoplastic material basis

• Matrix: TPU
• Type of fibre: carbon
• Can be thermoformed under pressure
• High tensile strength
• Suitable for painting
• Potentially adhesive
• Can be welded with components of the same matrix
• Clean processing
• No special storage requirements (e.g. no cooling)
• Moderate thermoforming temperature: approx. 220 °C
646F265=EN_INT Thermoplastics poster Technical data
646A174=GB Prepreg technology Article Thickness Packaging Area Fibre Weave type Fibre Resin
product information number weight per content content
unit area
646T757=EN 617R15 TP.C and 617R18
TP.C textile technical 617R15=1 Approx. 3 sheets at 1.29 m² 200 g/m² Twill 2/2 60 % by 40 % by
information 0.25 mm 1000 x 430 mm weight weight
per sheet
617R15=2 Approx. 6 sheets at 2.58 m² 200 g/m² Twill 2/2 60 % by 40 % by
0.25 mm 1000 x 430 mm weight weight
per sheet
617R15=5 Approx. 12 sheets at 5.16 m² 200 g/m² Twill 2/2 60 % by 40 % by
0.25 mm 1,000 x 430 mm weight weight
per sheet
TP.C textile
• For prostheses and orthoses on a PP thermoplastic material basis

• Can be used as reinforcement for ThermoLyn PP-H (article no. 616T20=*)
• Matrix: polypropylene
• Type of fibre: aramid
• No cooling required, but store UV protected
Information material Technical data

646D1446=EN_INT 617R18 TP.C textile Article number Length Width Fibre weight per Weave type
product brief unit area
646F265=EN_INT Thermoplastics poster 617R18=50X2 2m 50 mm 400 g/m² Twill 2/2
646T757=EN 617R15 TP.C and 617R18 617R18=100X2 2m 100 mm 400 g/m² Twill 2/2
TP.C textile technical
617R18=190X2 2m 190 mm 400 g/m² Twill 2/2
information
Practical recommendation 617R18

The 617R18 TP.C textile is particularly easy to process with the 755E62 and 755E5 Ottobock
vacuum forming devices.
Thermoplastics
Silicone film
Reference number 616F27 2
• Processing aid for TP.C
• Generation of a prevacuum between an upper and lower film
• For fixing during heating and forming
• Thermally stable
• Highly elastic
• Processing temperature: max. 240 °C
Technical data
616F27=5000X1000 5000 mm 1000 mm 1 mm Transparent
646A174=GB Prepreg technology
product information
646T757=EN 617R15 TP.C and 617R18
information
Silicone film
• rocessing aid for TP.C

P
• As separating film for the controlled partial welding of thermoplastics
• Limited elasticity
Technical data
616F26=5000X1200 5000 mm 1200 mm 0.5 mm Red-brown
Adhesive tape for vacuum technique

Reference number 636D3
• or fixation in conjunction with the lamination technique

F
• Used in the prepreg technique
• Wide range of applications
• Base material: PE sheeting
• Silicone adhesive agent
• Temperature-stable up to approx. 200 °C
Technical data
Article number Length Width Colour Order unit
636D3 66 m 25 mm Blue Roll
Thermoplastics
Polyester adhesive tape

• emperature-stable adhesive tape (to 200 °C) for vacuum technology

T
• Base material: polyester
• Water-resistant bonding
• Can be peeled off any time
Technical data
Information material 636D14 66 m 25 mm 50 μm Red
product information
Bonding agent
• Universally applicable for sealants, adhesives, coatings

• For bonding and repairing vulcanised silicone rubber
• For sealing valves
• For making a vacuum bag out of 616F26 or 616F27 silicone film
• Outstanding adhesive properties
Technical data
617H46 90 ml Transparent

Information material During processing, a thin skin will form on the surface of the adhesive after one minute. Any
646A174=GB Prepreg technology shaping of the silicone adhesive must be completed before this skin starts to form. A wetted
product information modelling instrument or an ice cube have proven useful in shaping transitions.
647H23 617H46 bonding agent
Thermoplastics
Peel ply fabric with marker threads

Reference number 616B16 2
• Surface protection during lamination work
• Leads to rough, clean surface that is optimally suited for further coating, bonding or
painting
• Facilitates optimum strength values
• Excessive resin can escape via the peel ply fabric during the curing phase
• The peel ply fabric can be easily peeled off after curing
Technical data
product information Article number Length Width Weight per unit Weave type
area
646T757=EN 617R15 TP.C and 617R18
TP.C textile technical 616B16=2 2m 0.5 m 83 g/m² Plain weave
information
Separating film

• Makes a glossy, clean surface that is optimally suited for further coating or painting
• Elongation at break: 300% +/-10%
• Tensile strength of 24 N/mm2
• Can be easily peeled off after curing
Technical data
616F28=10000X1220 10000 mm 1220 mm 0.013 mm Red
product information
646T757=EN 617R15 TP.C and 617R18
information
Thermoplastics
DACRON® felt
• For venting TP.C layers between the upper and lower silicone films
• As a filler for reinforcement, for bulges, ischial supports etc.
• Good ventilation of laminates
• Good absorption of all Ottobock lamination resins
• Sewable
• Smooth surface after laminating
Technical data
646A174=GB Prepreg technology Article number Length Width Thickness, dry
product information 616G6=1X1 1m 930 mm 3 mm
646T757=EN 617R15 TP.C and 617R18 616G6=1X2 2m 930 mm 3 mm
information 616G6=1X5 5m 930 mm 3 mm
616G6=1X10 10 m 930 mm 3 mm
616G6=1X30 30 m 930 mm 3 mm
616G6=1X50 50 m 930 mm 3 mm
DACRON® is a registered trademark of Invista.

All Ottobock reinforcement materials are photographed from top to bottom. Lengthwise (warp), crosswise (weft)
Thermoplastics
Skinguard thermoplastics
Sampler ring: ThermoLyn for definitive socket

Reference number 646M69 2
• For the visual and haptic demonstration of the various thermoplastics
• Aids in selecting the various thermoplastic materials
Technical data
Article number
646M69
Antibacterial ThermoLyn clear

• Copolyester
• For fabricating scar compression masks, trial orthoses and self-supporting check sockets
(limited wearing time)
• Antibacterial effect
• Transparency of the check socket facilitates precise verification of the fit and skin
discolouration on the residual limb
• Good fracture resistance
• Very high impact strength
• High dimensional stability
• Minor shrinkage: approx. 1%
• Can be over-laminated to secure adapters
• Temperature recommendation: 165 °C (convection oven, infrared oven)
646D119=GB Antibacterial SKINGUARD Article number For the fabrication of Length Width Thickness Colour
materials product
616T283=8 Trial orthoses 400 mm 400 mm 8 mm Clear
information
616T283=10 Self-supporting check sockets 400 mm 400 mm 10 mm Clear
646D695=EN_INT SKINGUARD technology
(for temporary use)
patient information
(for temporary use)
(for temporary use)
(for temporary use)

We recommend hot air for working edges.
Thermoplastics
Antibacterial ThermoLyn rigid

• Styrene butadiene
• For fabricating self-supporting check sockets for TT, TF and HD (for temporary use)
• The proven classic material for fabricating check sockets
• High rigidity
• High thermoplastic dimensional stability
• High resistance to the formation of stress cracks
• Extremely high impact strength
Information material • Can be over-laminated to secure adapters
646F265=EN_INT Thermoplastics poster • Temperature recommendation: 160 °C (convection oven, infrared oven)
646D119=GB Antibacterial SKINGUARD
materials product
information
patient information
Technical data
616T252=10 400 mm 400 mm 10 mm Clear
616T252=12 400 mm 400 mm 12 mm Clear
616T252=15 400 mm 400 mm 15 mm Clear
616T252=600X600X12 600 mm 600 mm 12 mm Clear
Product example 616T252=600X600X15 600 mm 600 mm 15 mm Clear

Thermoplastics
Antibacterial ThermoLyn soft, colourless

Reference number 616T253 2
• Ethylene vinyl acetate
• Suitable for fabricating flexible inner prosthetic sockets in lower limb prosthetics
• High surface quality
• Can be subsequently thermoformed
• Comfortable to wear
• Washable
646D733=EN_INT ThermoLyn product
information
Technical data
materials product Article number Length Width Thickness Colour
information
616T253=8 400 mm 400 mm 8 mm Clear
patient information 616T253=10 400 mm 400 mm 10 mm Clear
616T253=12 400 mm 400 mm 12 mm Clear
616T253=15 400 mm 400 mm 15 mm Clear

Product example
Thermoplastics
Antibacterial ThermoLyn soft, beige


• For fabricating flexible prosthetic sockets, especially in upper limb prosthetics
• High flexibility at the socket brims
• Washable
information
Technical data
information
616T269=6 400 mm 400 mm 6 mm Beige
patient information 616T269=8 400 mm 400 mm 8 mm Beige
616T269=10 400 mm 400 mm 10 mm Beige
616T269=12 400 mm 400 mm 12 mm Beige

We recommend using the 503F3 socket screw with Allen head in combination with the 29C3
or 29C5 setting nut.

Product example
Thermoplastics
ThermoLyn SilverShield®
• Suitable for fabricating flexible inner sockets in lower limb prosthetics
• Very high flexibility
• Very low shrinkage (approx. 1%) due to pressed plastic
• Pleasant wearing characteristics and skin comfort
Technical data
materials product 616T200=9 400 mm 400 mm 9 mm Natural colour
information
patient information

Place wet plaster in the oven. Prior to vacuum forming, coat the model with 633F50 silicone
grease.

Product example
SilverShield® is a registered trademark of North Sea Plastics.
Thermoplastics
Thermoplastics
ThermoLyn Pedilon
• Low-temperature polyester
• For the fabrication of orthoses without preparing a plaster cast or model
• Mobile applications, making it ideal for hospital use and immediate treatment of patients
• Thermoformable at low temperatures
• Eliminates the time-consuming tasks of fabricating casts and models
• Very high adhesive strength
• High resilience when reheated
• Temperature recommendation: heat in water bath at 60 °C
Technical data
Article image Article number Perforation Length Width Thickness
616T73=FP60X43X1.6 fine (FP) 60 cm 43 cm 1.6 mm
Information material 616T73=FP60X43X2 fine (FP) 60 cm 43 cm 2 mm
616T73=MP60X43X2 medium (MP) 60 cm 43 cm 2 mm

616T73=MP60X45X2.5 medium (MP) 60 cm 45 cm 2.5 mm
616T73=MP60X45X3.2 medium (MP) 60 cm 45 cm 3.2 mm
616T73=GP60X43X2 coarse (GP) 60 cm 43 cm 2 mm

616T73=GP60X45X3.2 coarse (GP) 60 cm 45 cm 3.2 mm
616T73=GP90X60X4 coarse (GP) 90 cm 60 cm 4 mm
616T73=NP60X43X2 no (NP) 60 cm 43 cm 2 mm
616T73=NP90X60X3.2 no (NP) 90 cm 60 cm 3.2 mm
616T73=NP90X60X4 no (NP) 90 cm 60 cm 4 mm
Processing and usage examples for 616T73
Place the pre-cut ThermoLyn Pedilon into Moisten hand and forearm thoroughly with Final product: hand positioning orthosis
warm water at approx. 60 °C in the cold water. Place the warm ThermoLyn
759P1=220 water pan. The material Pedilon over the hand and forearm.
becomes transparent when it reaches its
moulding temperature. Remove the pre-cut
material with a wood spatula and allow the
water to drip off.
Thermoplastics
Thermoplastics
ThermoLyn trolene
• Opaque
Technical data

Thermoplastics
Thermoplastics
ThermoLyn PP-C
• Polypropylene copolymer
• Possible applications: AFOs, KAFOs, FOs, TLSOs
• Lightweight
• Good rigidity
• High impact strength
• Low tendency to white crack
• Good thermoforming properties
• Good shaping to orthotic joints
• Good welding characteristics
• Easy to dye with Ottobock thermopapers
Information material • Temperature recommendation: 185 °C (convection oven, infrared oven)
Technical data
Article image Article number Length Width Thickness Colour
Product example
616T120=3-8 2000 mm 1000 mm 3 mm Brown

616T120=5-8 2000 mm 1000 mm 5 mm Brown
Thermoplastics
Thermoplastics
ThermoLyn PP-H
Reference number 616T* 2
• Polypropylene homopolymer
• For shape-retaining orthotic components, e.g. paralysis orthoses, dynamic AFOs and
Ankle Seven
• Sheet size of 400 x 400 mm is ideal for the fabrication of prosthetic sockets
• High rigidity
• High strength
• Reduced impact strength

646F265=EN_INT Thermoplastics poster Article image Article number Length Width Thickness Colour
616T20=2000X2 2000 mm 1000 mm 2 mm Natural colour
616T56=3 2000 mm 1000 mm 3 mm Brown
616T56=4 2000 mm 1000 mm 4 mm Brown
616T56=5 2000 mm 1000 mm 5 mm Brown
616T56=6 2000 mm 1000 mm 6 mm Brown
Practical recommendation 616T*

The low impact value means great care must be taken during machining in order to avoid
brittle fractures (stress concentration).
Thermoplastics
Thermoplastics
ThermoLyn PE 200
Reference number 616T*
• Polyethylene 200
• For fabricating orthoses, e.g. TLSOs
• Good welding characteristics
• Good sanding characteristics
• Can be combined with, for example, 617S7/617S8 Plastazote®
Technical data
Information material 616T95=2 2000 mm 1000 mm 2 mm Natural colour
646F265=EN_INT Thermoplastics poster 616T95=3 2000 mm 1000 mm 3 mm Natural colour
616T19=3-0 2000 mm 1000 mm 3 mm Beige
616T19=4-0 2000 mm 1000 mm 4 mm Beige
616T19=5-0 2000 mm 1000 mm 5 mm Beige
616T58=3 2000 mm 1000 mm 3 mm Blue

616T58=4 2000 mm 1000 mm 4 mm Blue
616T58=5 2000 mm 1000 mm 5 mm Blue
616T58=6 2000 mm 1000 mm 6 mm Blue
616T62=3 2000 mm 1000 mm 3 mm Black

616T62=4 2000 mm 1000 mm 4 mm Black
616T62=5 2000 mm 1000 mm 5 mm Black
616T62=6 2000 mm 1000 mm 6 mm Black
Plastazote® is a registered trademark of Zotefoams.
Thermoplastics
Thermoplastics
ThermoLyn RCH 500

• Polyethylene
• For fabricating orthoses, e.g. KAFOs, and for seating shells
• Homogenous thermoplastic material
• Medium molecular weight
• High rigidity
• Good heating behaviour
• Good antifriction properties
Technical data
Information material 616T22=950X3N 950 mm 910 mm 3 mm Natural colour
646F265=EN_INT Thermoplastics poster 616T22=950X4N 950 mm 910 mm 4 mm Natural colour
616T22=950X5N 950 mm 910 mm 5 mm Natural colour
616T22=950X2H 950 mm 910 mm 2 mm Beige
616T22=950X3H 950 mm 910 mm 3 mm Beige
616T22=950X4H 950 mm 910 mm 4 mm Beige
616T22=950X5H 950 mm 910 mm 5 mm Beige
616T22=1910X2H 1910 mm 910 mm 2 mm Beige
616T22=1910X3H 1910 mm 910 mm 3 mm Beige
616T22=1910X4H 1910 mm 910 mm 4 mm Beige
616T22=1910X5H 1910 mm 910 mm 5 mm Beige
616T22=1910X3G 1910 mm 910 mm 3 mm Graffiti
616T44=950X3 950 mm 910 mm 3 mm Blue

616T44=950X4 950 mm 910 mm 4 mm Blue
616T44=950X5 950 mm 910 mm 5 mm Blue
616T44=1910X2 1910 mm 910 mm 2 mm Blue
616T44=1910X3 1910 mm 910 mm 3 mm Blue
616T44=1910X4 1910 mm 910 mm 4 mm Blue
Thermoplastics
Thermoplastics
ThermoLyn RCH 1000

• Polyethylene
• Stiffening insole for inner shoes
• High-strength material
• High molecular weight
• Extremely tough
• High abrasion resistance
• Can be reshaped in a cold state
Technical data
616T16=950X3 950 mm 910 mm 3 mm Beige
616T16=950X6 950 mm 910 mm 6 mm Beige

The shaping process is facilitated when vacuum-forming devices with rubber membranes are
used.
ThermoLyn PETG clear

• Copolyester
• For all liner fittings with/without distal connection
• Used as the first layer in definitive sockets, e.g. for Harmony fittings
• For transfemoral fittings with/without liners
• Highly transparent
• Shatterproof
• High impact strength
• After transfer of the check socket, no drying of the plaster is required
• Moist plaster requires no isolation for laminating
• PETG replaces the inside sheeting
• Very smooth inner surface
Information material • Makes donning easier and increases the service life of the liner/soft socket/sealing sleeve
646F265=EN_INT Thermoplastics poster • Temperature recommendation: 170 °C (convection oven), 160 °C (infrared oven)
646T752=EN_INT 616T183 ThermoLyn
PETG clear technical Technical data
information
616T183=3 400 mm 400 mm 3 mm Clear
616T183=5 400 mm 400 mm 5 mm Clear

• Store in a dry place, protect from moisture. Pre-dry at 55 °C in a convection oven prior to
processing if necessary.
• Coat the model with 633F50 silicone grease.
• We recommend hot air for working edges.
Thermoplastics
Thermoplastics

2
Infrared oven Convection oven Select smallest possible vacuum forming

(e.g. 701E40=S) Preheat to 160 °C: (e.g. 701E7=2) Preheat to 170 °C: plate.
a) For residual limbs up to 21 cm in a) For residual limbs up to 21 cm in We recommend using the following device:
length: length: Vacuum pipe with two exchangeable
Clamp 3 mm PETG in smaller Clamp 3 mm PETG in small 755X84=260x8 755X220 vacuum forming plates (diameter
755X84=260x8 frame (diameter 260) in frame (diameter 260) in combination with 260 mm and 360 mm)
combination with 755T4=360 and heat 755T4=360 and heat 12 min
2:45 min b) For residual limbs over 21 cm in Remove the PETG sheet from the oven very
b) For residual limbs over 21 cm in length: quickly and immediately vacuum form with
length: Clamp 5 mm PETG in small 755T4=360 a high vacuum (if necessary, shape under-
Clamp 5 mm PETG in 755T4=360 vacuum vacuum forming frame (diameter 360) and cuts using a hot air gun, e.g. 756E9).
forming frame (diameter 360) and heat heat 13 min
4:10 min Equipment:
755E80 Mobile vacuum pump with tank
641H13 Heat protection glove
Thermoplastics
Thermoplastics
ThermoLyn clear
• Copolyester
• For fabricating scar compression masks, trial orthoses and self-supporting check sockets
(limited wearing time)
• Also in antibacterial (616T283)
• Very high impact strength
646D119=GB Antibacterial SKINGUARD Article number For the fabrication of Length Width Thickness Colour
materials product
616T83=8 Trial orthoses 400 mm 400 mm 8 mm Clear
information
616T83=10 Self-supporting check 400 mm 400 mm 10 mm Clear
sockets (for temporary use)
patient information
Product example 616T83=15 Self-supporting check 400 mm 400 mm 15 mm Clear
616T83=1250X1025X3 Scar compression masks 1250 mm 1025 mm 3 mm Clear
616T83=1250X1025X4 Scar compression masks 1250 mm 1025 mm 4 mm Clear
616T83=1250X1025X6 Trial orthoses 1250 mm 1025 mm 6 mm Clear

• Store in a dry place protected from moisture. Pre-dry at 55 °C in a convection oven prior to
processing if necessary.
• We recommend hot air for working edges.
Cutting suggestion
Cutting suggestion for 616T83 ThermoLyn
clear, 6 mm (1250 x 1025 mm sheet) for
a low amount of waste with trial orthoses
(KAFOs)
Thermoplastics
Thermoplastics
ThermoLyn rigid
• Styrene butadiene
• For fabricating self-supporting check sockets for TT, TF and HD (for temporary use)
• The proven classic material for fabricating check sockets
• High rigidity
• High resistance to the formation of stress cracks
• Extremely high impact strength
Information material • Minor shrinkage: approx. 1%
646F265=EN_INT Thermoplastics poster • Temperature recommendation: 160 °C (convection oven, infrared oven)
materials product
information
patient information
Product example Technical data

Article number For the fabrication of Length Width Thickness Colour
616T52=15-SF Self-supporting check 508 mm 508 mm 15 mm Clear

Thermoplastics
Thermoplastics
ThermoLyn soft, beige


• For fabricating flexible prosthetic sockets, especially in upper limb prosthetics
• High flexibility at the socket brims
• Washable
information
Technical data
information
616T69=6 400 mm 400 mm 6 mm Beige
patient information 616T69=8 400 mm 400 mm 8 mm Beige
616T69=10 400 mm 400 mm 10 mm Beige
Product example 616T69=12 400 mm 400 mm 12 mm Beige

• We recommend using the 503F3 socket screw with Allen head in combination with the 29C3
or 29C5 setting nut.
• 633D5 double sided adhesive tape can be used to fasten the flexible definitive inner socket
within the container socket.
Thermoplastics
Thermoplastics
ThermoLyn soft, black

• PE-C
• Low density for especially low weight
• Odour-neutral
• Minor shrinkage: approx. 1.5%
• Washable
646D733=EN_INT ThermoLyn product Article number Length Width Thickness Colour
information
616T690=400X8 400 mm 400 mm 8 mm Black
616T690=400X10 400 mm 400 mm 10 mm Black
Product example 616T690=400X12 400 mm 400 mm 12 mm Black
616T690=400X15 400 mm 400 mm 15 mm Black
616T690=1225X8 1225 mm 1225 mm 8 mm Black
616T690=1225X10 1225 mm 1225 mm 10 mm Black
616T690=1225X12 1225 mm 1225 mm 12 mm Black
616T690=1225X15 1225 mm 1225 mm 15 mm Black
Thermoplastics
Thermoplastics
ThermoLyn soft, colourless


• Washable
information
Technical data
information
616T53=8 400 mm 400 mm 8 mm Clear
patient information 616T53=10 400 mm 400 mm 10 mm Clear
616T53=12 400 mm 400 mm 12 mm Clear
Product example 616T53=15 400 mm 400 mm 15 mm Clear

616T53=1225X8 1225 mm 1225 mm 8 mm Clear
616T53=1225X12 1225 mm 1225 mm 12 mm Clear
616T53=1225X15 1225 mm 1225 mm 15 mm Clear

633D5 double-sided adhesive tape can be used to fasten the flexible definitive inner socket
Thermoplastics
Thermoplastics
ThermoLyn supra soft

• For fabricating highly flexible soft-walled inner sockets for the thigh
• For more comfortable socket brims
• Washable
information Technical data
616T59=10 400 mm 400 mm 10 mm Clear
Product example
616T59=12 400 mm 400 mm 12 mm Clear
616T59=15 400 mm 400 mm 15 mm Clear

633D5 double-sided adhesive tape can be used to fasten the flexible definitive inner socket
Thermoplastics
Thermoplastics
ThermoLyn supra soft plus silicone

• Ethylene vinyl acetate with silicone

• For fabricating highly flexible soft-walled inner sockets for the thigh
• For more comfortable socket brims
• Minor shrinkage: approx. 1.6%
• Easy to sand
• Washable
Technical data
Information material Article number Length Width Thickness Colour
646F265=EN_INT Thermoplastics poster 616T111=9 400 mm 400 mm 9 mm Clear
646D733=EN_INT ThermoLyn product 616T111=12 400 mm 400 mm 12 mm Clear
information
616T111=800X800X12 800 mm 800 mm 12 mm Clear
Product example
Thermoplastics
Thermoplastics
ThermoLyn supra flexible

• Insoles
• Flexible diagnostic and definitive sockets for foot prostheses
• Flexible diagnostic and definitive sockets for lower and upper limb prostheses
• Waterproof splints and crutches
• Flaps and fasteners for orthoses
• Flexible socket brim design for orthoses
• Permanently elastic
• Shape-retentive
• High friction
• More comfortable socket edge design
Information material • Large choice of colours
646F265=EN_INT Thermoplastics poster • Washable
646D733=EN_INT ThermoLyn product • Subsequent welding possible
information
• Can be bonded to itself when heated
646T753=EN 616T112/616T113 • Temperature recommendation: 80–100 °C (infrared oven ), 100–120 °C (convection
ThermoLyn supra flexible
technical information oven)
Technical data

616T112=400X400X6 400 mm 400 mm 6 mm Beige
616T112=400X400X9 400 mm 400 mm 9 mm Beige
616T112=400X400X12 400 mm 400 mm 12 mm Beige
616T112=400X400X15 400 mm 400 mm 15 mm Beige
Product example 616T112=2-0 860 mm 1170 mm 2 mm Beige
616T112=3-0 860 mm 1170 mm 3 mm Beige
616T112=4-0 880 mm 1136 mm 4 mm Beige
616T112=5-0 880 mm 1136 mm 5 mm Beige
616T113=3-0 860 mm 5850 mm 3 mm Beige
616T113=4-0 880 mm 5680 mm 4 mm Beige
616T113=5-0 880 mm 5680 mm 5 mm Beige
616T112=2-2 860 mm 1170 mm 2 mm Red
616T112=4-2 880 mm 1136 mm 4 mm Red
616T112=2-2.4 860 mm 1170 mm 2 mm Bright red

translucent
616T112=4-2.4 880 mm 1136 mm 4 mm Bright red
translucent
616T112=2-2.5 860 mm 1170 mm 2 mm Burgundy

616T112=4-2.5 880 mm 1136 mm 4 mm Burgundy
616T112=2-3 860 mm 1170 mm 2 mm Green

616T112=4-3 880 mm 1136 mm 4 mm Green
Thermoplastics
Thermoplastics

616T112=2-3.4 860 mm 1170 mm 2 mm Neon green
616T112=4-3.4 880 mm 1136 mm 4 mm Neon green
616T112=2-4.1 860 mm 1170 mm 2 mm Neon yellow

616T112=4-4.1 880 mm 1136 mm 4 mm Neon yellow
616T112=2-5 860 mm 1170 mm 2 mm Blue

616T112=4-5 880 mm 1136 mm 4 mm Blue
616T112=2-5.3 860 mm 1170 mm 2 mm Light blue

616T112=4-5.3 880 mm 1136 mm 4 mm Light blue
616T112=2-5.5 860 mm 1170 mm 2 mm Dark blue

translucent
616T112=4-5.5 880 mm 1136 mm 4 mm Dark blue
translucent
616T112=2-6 860 mm 1170 mm 2 mm White

616T112=4-6 880 mm 1136 mm 4 mm White
616T112=40X40X5-7 40 cm 40 cm 5 mm Black
616T112=2-7 860 mm 1170 mm 2 mm Black
616T112=4-7 880 mm 1136 mm 4 mm Black
616T112=5-7 880 mm 1136 mm 5 mm Black
616T113=4-7 880 mm 5680 mm 4 mm Black
616T113=5-7 880 mm 5680 mm 5 mm Black
616T112=2-12.1 860 mm 1170 mm 2 mm Neon pink
616T112=4-12.1 880 mm 1136 mm 4 mm Neon pink
616T112=2-16 860 mm 1170 mm 2 mm Silver

616T112=4-16 880 mm 1136 mm 4 mm Silver
616T112=2-17 860 mm 1170 mm 2 mm Gold

616T112=4-17 880 mm 1136 mm 4 mm Gold
Thermoplastics
Thermoplastics
2
616T112=2-99 1000 mm 1000 mm 2 mm Transparent
616T113=1.5-99 1000 mm 5000 mm 1.5 mm Transparent
Practical recommendation 616T*

• Plaster model: smooth.
• Do not isolate the plaster model (e.g. with silicone grease).
• Short transport distances from oven to model.
• Do not use talcum powder.
• Use clean and smooth Teflon foil as underlay when heating in oven.
• When lamination discs, reinforcement strips etc. are subsequently welded to the model, keep
model in vacuum conditions to ensure dimensional stability.
• Avoid air pockets when welding the material.
Polyester knit fabric

• For reinforcing Orthocryl soft resins, silicones and flexible thermoplastics

• Stretchable in one direction
• Stable in one direction
• High resistance to tearing
Technical data
Article number Length Width
616G26=150-1 1100 mm 1500 mm
Silicone film
• rocessing aid for TP.C

P
Technical data
Thermoplastics
Thermoplastics
Double-sided adhesive tape

• For inner socket – outer frame connection, for example

• Not suitable for reinforcement materials
• Double-sided acrylic adhesive material
• Transparent (covered with red separating film)
• Good frame fixation (no hook-and-loop closure required)
• High adhesive strength on various materials, such as plastics
• Good temperature resistance
Technical data
633D5=19 50 m 19 mm Transparent Roll
Processing and usage examples for 633D5
lean the surfaces that are to be bonded

C osition precut adhesive tape in the corres-
P Join and position the frame and inner
(here the inner socket and the frame) ponding locations and press into place. socket. Compress the inner socket and
with 634A58 isopropyl alcohol. Cut remove the red protective film from the
633D5 doubled-sided adhesive tape to the double-sided adhesive tape. Firmly press
required length. the two components together at the loca-
tions being bonded.
Thermoplastics
Thermoplastics
Plaster parting agent

Reference number 85F1 2
• For isolating plaster from plaster
• For isolating plaster from thermoplastics
Technical data
85F1 1l
Immerse stockinette directly in 85F1 Take the stockinette impregnated with Immediately before vacuum forming,
plaster parting agent and allow to soak, plaster parting agent out of the bottle or impregnate the stockinette with plaster
or fill plaster parting agent into a 642B2 measuring cup and pull it directly over the parting agent again and rub it in.
measuring cup and immerse stockinette. model.
Thermoplastics
Thermoplastics
Nylon stockinette

• Suitable as filter tube for vacuum forming
• Polyamide
• Pre-impregnated
Technical data
Article number Length Order unit Package contents
99B25 Approx. 50 cm Package 10 piece(s)

Can be individually shortened and welded.
Processing and usage examples 99B25
Pre-tension the 99B25 nylon stockinette, Using the flame of a cigarette lighter, weld With the welded seam turned inwards, pull
twist it and then secure it with combination the cut surface and then immediately the sock over the model.
pliers. Using a pair of scissors, cut off the smoothen the weld seam.
end of the seam.
Thermoplastics
Thermoplastics
Nylon stockinette
Reference number 81A1 2
• Polyamide
Technical data
81A1=8 101.5 m 8 cm 1 kg
81A1=10 84.6 m 10 cm 1 kg
81A1=12 67.8 m 12 cm 1 kg
81A1=15 52.5 m 15 cm 1 kg
81A1=20 48 m 20 cm 1 kg

Thermoplastics
Thermoplastics
Transpad
Reference number 616T112=1.5-99
• For fabricating flaps in silicone technology

• For fixing systems of orthoses and masks
• Flexible
Technical data
616T112=1.5-99 1m 1m 1.5 mm Transparent
Silicone grease
• Ideal lubricating layer during vacuum forming on all plaster models (also possible
without sock)
• Simplifies the fabrication of consistent wall thicknesses
• Thixotrope
• Air permeable
• Not hardening
Technical data
633F50=1 1 kg
633F50=10 10 kg
Remove a quantity of 633F50 silicone

grease that is sufficient for the model and
apply a thin, even layer to the model.
Thermoplastics
Thermoplastics
Silicone parting agent

Reference number 519L5 2
• For parting, gliding and lubricating
• Protects rubber, plastics and elastomers from becoming brittle
• Compact and solvent-free
• CFC-free
Technical data
519L5 0.4 l
Lamination
technology

From traditional stockinette to modern carbon and
fibreglass materials for lamination to proven and
innovative lamination resins, we offer everything
from a single source. 3
Reinforcement materials such as fibre composites are
of special interest, since considerable weight reduc-
tions can be realised through their use with simulta-
neous high strength and stiffness.
Ottobock lamination resins were developed espe-

cially for the lamination technique and, in combi-
nation with our proven reinforcement materials,
facilitate treatments of the highest quality in pros-
thetics and orthotics. Lamination resins feature high
strength with low weight and dimensional stability
with low wall thickness. Acrylic, epoxy and vinyl
ester resins are particularly well suited for use in
orthopaedic technology. Orthocryl acrylic resins are
easy to mix, only require a short setting time and can
be processed quickly. Orthopox epoxy resins on the
other hand have to be mixed exactly and ensure the
best bond with reinforcement materials. As a comple-
ment to our Orthopox liquid resin, the Ottobock resin
film simplifies the lamination process and facili-
tates a more efficient flow of work, since the required
component characteristics are guaranteed thanks to
a precise and adjustable resin content. Orthovinyl
vinyl ester resins bond to carbon fibres more effec-
tively than an acrylic resin due to the structure. This
achieves a high degree of stiffness at a low laminate
wall thickness, which falls between that of an acrylic
resin and that of an epoxy resin. Orthovinyl can also
be processed as quickly and easily as an acrylic resin.

Stockinettes
Nylon stockinette

• Polyamide
Technical data
81A1=8 101.5 m 8 cm 1 kg
81A1=10 84.6 m 10 cm 1 kg
81A1=12 67.8 m 12 cm 1 kg
81A1=15 52.5 m 15 cm 1 kg
81A1=20 48 m 20 cm 1 kg

Stockinettes
Perlon® stockinette, white

• For fabricating laminates

• Knitted fabric
• Finely meshed
• Good stretching properties
• Good shaping
• Smooth surface after laminating 3
Technical data
product information Article number Length Width Weight
623T3=4 45.4 m 4 cm 0.5 kg
623T3=6 27.7 m 6 cm 0.5 kg
623T3=8 20.8 m 8 cm 0.5 kg
623T3=10 37 m 10 cm 1 kg
623T3=12 33.3 m 12 cm 1 kg
623T3=15 27 m 15 cm 1 kg
623T3=20 20 m 20 cm 1 kg
623T3=25 13.5 m 25 cm 1 kg
623T3=30 11.1 m 30 cm 1 kg
623T3=35 10.2 m 35 cm 1 kg
623T3=40 8.8 m 40 cm 1 kg
Perlon® is a registered trademark of Perlon-Monofil GmbH.

Stockinettes
Perlon® elastic stockinette, white


• The proven classic material
• Knitted fabric
• Finely meshed
• Extremely high elasticity for circumference differences, e.g. KAFO
• Good shaping
Technical data
623T5=6 33.3 m 6 cm 0.5 kg
623T5=8 26.3 m 8 cm 0.5 kg
623T5=10 21.7 m 10 cm 0.5 kg
623T5=12 37 m 12 cm 1 kg
623T5=15 27 m 15 cm 1 kg
623T5=20 20 m 20 cm 1 kg
623T5=25 16.4 m 25 cm 1 kg
623T5=30 13.1 m 30 cm 1 kg
Nylon frizz stockinette, white


• For reinforcing soft sockets
• Knitted fabric
• Finely meshed
• Greater build-up
Technical data
623T10=6 48 m 6 cm 0.5 kg
623T10=9 38.5 m 9 cm 0.5 kg
623T10=12 20.8 m 12 cm 0.5 kg
623T10=15 16 m 15 cm 0.5 kg
623T10=20 12 m 20 cm 0.5 kg

Stockinettes
Nylon frizz stockinette, beige


• For reinforcing soft sockets
• For a natural look, e.g. as the final layer in laminate
• Knitted fabric
• Finely meshed
• Good stretching properties 3
• Greater build-up
Technical data
623T8=6 48.5 m 6 cm 0.5 kg
623T8=9 35.7 m 9 cm 0.5 kg
623T8=10 52.9 m 10 cm 1 kg
623T8=12 38.5 m 12 cm 1 kg
623T8=15 32 m 15 cm 1 kg
Elastic stockinette, white (filtering bag)

• Especially well suited for viscous resins

• For silicone lamination
• 100% polyamide
• Knitted fabric
• Finely meshed
• High strength
• Low tendency to wrinkle
Technical data
623T13=6 50 m 6 cm 0.5 kg
623T13=8 85 m 8 cm 1 kg
623T13=10 77 m 10 cm 1 kg
623T13=12 64 m 12 cm 1 kg
623T13=15 43.5 m 15 cm 1 kg
Stockinettes
Polyester stockinette, white


• Knitted fabric
• Finely meshed
• High strength
• Low tendency to wrinkle
Technical data
623T4=8 41 m 8 cm 0.5 kg
623T4=10 36 m 10 cm 1 kg
623T4=12 33 m 12 cm 1 kg
623T4=15 26 m 15 cm 1 kg
623T4=20 20 m 20 cm 1 kg
623T4=25 13 m 25 cm 1 kg
623T4=30 15 m 30 cm 1 kg
Nylglas stockinette, white


• Blend of polyamide (35%) and fibreglass (65%)
• Knitted fabric
• Finely meshed
• High strength
• Low resin absorption combined with high stability
Technical data
623T9=6 31.2 m 6 cm 0.5 kg
623T9=8 35.7 m 8 cm 1 kg
623T9=10 32.2 m 10 cm 1 kg
623T9=12 26.3 m 12 cm 1 kg
623T9=15 23.8 m 15 cm 1 kg
623T9=20 18 m 20 cm 1 kg
623T9=25 15.2 m 25 cm 1 kg
623T9=30 11.6 m 30 cm 1 kg
Stockinettes
Nylglas frizz stockinette, white


• Blend of polyamide (35%) and fibreglass (65%)
• Knitted fabric
• Finely meshed
• Extremely high elasticity for circumference differences, e.g. KAFO
• Greater build-up 3
Technical data
623T11=7 41.6 m 7 cm 1 kg
623T11=9 35.7 m 9 cm 1 kg
623T11=12 27 m 12 cm 1 kg
623T11=15 21.3 m 15 cm 1 kg
623T11=20 14.3 m 20 cm 1 kg
Fibreglass stockinette
• For fabricating thin-walled laminates

• 100% glass fibre yarn
• Knitted fabric
• Wide-meshed
• Highly elastic
Technical data
616G3=6 28.5 m 6 cm 1 kg
616G3=8 17.2 m 8 cm 1 kg
616G3=10 15.6 m 10 cm 1 kg
616G3=12 12.5 m 12 cm 1 kg
616G3=15 9.3 m 15 cm 1 kg
616G3=20 7.2 m 20 cm 1 kg
616G3=25 5.2 m 25 cm 1 kg
616G3=30 4.8 m 30 cm 1 kg
Reinforcement materials
Sample set of carbon profile bars

Reference number 646M39
• 3 carbon profile bars (0°, 45° und 90°)

• The mechanical properties of the carbon fabric are dependent on the direction in which a
force is applied. Under tensile load in the warp or weft direction, woven fabrics stretch
only slightly. But if the tensile load is applied diagonally, e.g. at an angle under 45°,
woven carbon fabrics are highly stretchable. The direction of the fibres should be
adjusted according to the load.
Technical data
Article number
646M39
product information
Fibreglass roving
• For reinforcement in lamination work

• Unidirectional
• High strength and stiffness in the longitudinal direction of the fibres
Technical data
Article number Length Weight
699B1 200 m 0.5 kg

Suitable for the fixation of components such as adapters in the laminate, e.g. by sewing.
Carbon UD stockinette
• For axial reinforcement (bending forces) of thin-walled, high-strength laminates

• Designed especially for use with acrylic resins (e.g. 617H55 C-Orthocryl)
• The elastic weft thread allows the carbon threads to maintain their 0° orientation,
regardless of the diameter
• No elaborate cutting or forming work is necessary with formed models
• The elastic weft thread facilitates forming the stockinette to the model and saves valuable 3
working time
• Not suitable for surfaces
Product example
Technical data
616H20=20X5 5m 20 mm
616H20=40X5 5m 40 mm
616H20=70X5 5m 70 mm
616H20=100X5 5m 100 mm
616H20=150X5 5m 150 mm

If the laminate is to have radial strength (torsional forces), additional reinforcement materials
are required. In this case we recommend using our 616G15 woven carbon fibre stockinette.
Woven fibreglass stockinette


• Braid
• High torsional strength in laminates
• Torsion can be influenced by different circumferences (ideal angle: 45°)
• Good draping characteristics
Technical data
616G13=6 12.5 m 6 cm 1 kg
616G13=8 8m 8 cm 1 kg
616G13=10 7m 10 cm 1 kg
Woven carbon fibreglass stockinette


• Braid
• Combines the properties of carbon and glass fibres
• Increased torsional strength in laminates
Technical data
616G14=8 11 m 8 cm 1 kg
616G14=10 10 m 10 cm 1 kg
Woven carbon fibre stockinette

• For fabricating rigid lamination resin side struts, clasps and connectors
• For fabricating thin-walled, high-strength laminates
• Braid
• Very high torsional strength in laminates
3
Technical data
616G15=20X5 5m 20 mm
616G15=20X10 10 m 20 mm
616G15=20X25 25 m 20 mm
616G15=20X50 50 m 20 mm
616G15=50X5 5m 50 mm
616G15=50X10 10 m 50 mm
616G15=50X25 25 m 50 mm
616G15=50X50 50 m 50 mm
616G15=80X5 5m 80 mm
616G15=80X10 10 m 80 mm
616G15=80X25 25 m 80 mm
616G15=80X50 50 m 80 mm
616G15=120X5 5m 120 mm
616G15=120X10 10 m 120 mm
616G15=120X25 25 m 120 mm
616G15=120X50 50 m 120 mm

Facilitates excellent sandwich properties in conjunction with 17Y106 PVC profile as the core
material, especially in prosthetics.
Fibreglass mat (Biegelow mat)

• For partial laminate reinforcements

Technical data
Article number Width Weight per unit area Weave type
616G4 950 mm 700 g/m² Randomly oriented fibre
ҏҏ Please specify length when ordering!
Fibreglass cloth
• For partial laminate reinforcements

• High strength
Technical data
Article number Length Width Weight per unit Weave type
area
616G18=1 1m 1000 mm 280 g/m² Twill 2/2
616G18=2 2m 1000 mm 280 g/m² Twill 2/2
616G18=5 5m 1000 mm 280 g/m² Twill 2/2
616G18=10 10 m 1000 mm 280 g/m² Twill 2/2
Woven carbon fibre

• For partial high-strength laminate reinforcements

Technical data
area
616G12=1 1m 1200 mm 200 g/m² Twill 2/2
616G12=2 2m 1200 mm 200 g/m² Twill 2/2
647G51 616G12 woven carbon
fibre processing 616G12=5 5m 1200 mm 200 g/m² Twill 2/2
instructions 616G12=10 10 m 1200 mm 200 g/m² Twill 2/2
616G12=20 20 m 1200 mm 200 g/m² Twill 2/2
616G12=30 30 m 1200 mm 200 g/m² Twill 2/2
Check that the weft thread of the 616G12 Pull the woven carbon fibre straight to such Position the tailored carbon fibre sections
woven carbon fibre is running a straight a degree that the resulting mesh loop runs on those parts of the reinforcements that
course by pulling out a weft thread running 90° to the warp. Using 616F10 double- are to be strengthened while pre-tensioning
close to the cut edge. sided PVC adhesive tape, tape over the them in the fibre directions.
resulting mesh loop and cut the woven
carbon fibre centrally along the adhesive
tape. After these preparations have been
completed, tailored carbon fibre sections
can be made that have a 90° alignment
between the warp and the weft. In this way
the carbon fibres are not only aligned in
accordance with the arising forces, they
can also absorb these optimally.
Woven carbon fibre

• For partial high-strength laminate reinforcements

• Processability including the woven edge is advantageous (edges are not sewn), because
masking is not necessary
Technical data
area
616G12=50X1 1m 50 mm 245 g/m² Twill 2/2
616G12=50X5 5m 50 mm 245 g/m² Twill 2/2
616G12=50X10 10 m 50 mm 245 g/m² Twill 2/2
616G12=100X1 1m 100 mm 245 g/m² Twill 2/2
616G12=100X5 5m 100 mm 245 g/m² Twill 2/2
616G12=100X10 10 m 100 mm 245 g/m² Twill 2/2
616G12=300X1 1m 300 mm 245 g/m² Twill 2/2
616G12=300X5 5m 300 mm 245 g/m² Twill 2/2
616G12=300X10 10 m 300 mm 245 g/m² Twill 2/2
Woven fibreglass tape

• For partial bidirectional laminate reinforcements (stays)

• High strength
Technical data
area
699B2 25 m 20 mm 850 g/m² Plain weave
Woven carbon-fibreglass tape

• For partial high-strength, unidirectional laminate reinforcements

• Combines the properties of carbon fibres in longitudinal direction and glass fibres in
transverse direction
• Easy to shape thanks to glass weft thread
• Not suitable for surfaces 3
Technical data
area
616H11=25X5 5m 25 mm 410 g/m² Plain weave
616H11=25X10 10 m 25 mm 410 g/m² Plain weave
Woven carbon fibre tape

• For partial high-strength, unidirectional laminate reinforcements

• Large selection of different widths
Technical data
area
PVC profile bars

• As profile material in carbon fibre technique, especially in orthotics and for frame
sockets in prosthetics
• Lightweight
• Easy to work with
• Thermoformable at 80 °C
Technical data
Article number Length Width Quantity unit
17Y106=500X16 500 mm 16 mm Piece
17Y106=500X20 500 mm 20 mm Piece
17Y106=1000X16 1000 mm 16 mm Piece
17Y106=1000X20 1000 mm 20 mm Piece
Reinforcement kit
• For frame and container sockets, e.g. for ISNY, M.A.S.®, knee disarticulation and
longitudinal-oval sockets
• For distal residual limb cap: 4 diamonds of bidirectional woven carbon fibre
• For frame construction: 2 T-shaped carbon fibre tape (3 layers) with reinforcing seams
• For medial socket brim: 2 triangles of bidirectional woven carbon fibre
• For axial frame reinforcement: 1 profile bar, 1 woven carbon fibre stockinette 3
• For radial frame reinforcement: 1 profile bar, 1 woven carbon fibre stockinette
Technical data
Article number Weight
5Z14 0.466 kg
646D718=EN 617H119 Orthocryl
lamination resin 80:20
PRO product information
Anchor preform
• For reinforcement of the socket adapter

• Can be combined with 4R41, 4R42, 4R42=1, 4R43, 4R89, 4R111, 4R111=T, 4R111=N,
4R116, 4R116=T, 4R117, 4R117=T, 4R119=NT, 4R119=T, 4R119, 4R119=N, 4WR95=1,
4WR95=2
• Quick, clean and easy reinforcement
• Preform with optimal fibre orientation in the direction of force
• Load-bearing fibre strands stay in place
• Saves time during the reinforcement process
• Very low material waste
• Simplified quantity control in comparison to rolled goods
• Good absorption of Ottobock lamination resins
Information material • Can be combined with all Ottobock reinforcement materials
646D1465=EN_INT 5Z15 Anchor preform
product brief Technical data
Article number Order unit Package contents
5Z15 Package 2 x anchor preform
ҏҏ Please note that the 5R2, 5R2=C, 4R63, 4R68 and 4R100 socket adapters may not be used with the 5Z15
anchor preform.
M.A.S.® is a registered trademark of Marlo Ortiz.
Frame preform
• For use in socket fabrication

4WR95=2
• Tested for users up to 150 kg
• Clean and easy processing
• Pre-determined layer structure
• Simplified fabrication and less time to fabricate a socket
• Minimises waste of expensive reinforcement materials
• Simplified quantity control in comparison to rolled and sheet goods
Technical data
Information material Article number Dimension Dimension Dimension Package Quantity
646D1410=EN_INT 5Z16/5Z17 Frame/ A B C contents unit
container preform product
C
5Z16=280X700X150 280 mm 370 mm 700 mm Three Set
brief A B preforms for
fabricating a
prosthetic
socket
preforms for
fabricating a
prosthetic
socket
ҏҏ Apply the M/L section with the short side oriented medially. Round the edges when shortening to the correct
length.
ҏҏ Wrap around the radial section: position the reinforcement triangle medially in the perineum with the point
towards the end of the residual limb. The radial section can be used for left-hand (carbon on the outside) and
right-hand (carbon on the inside) sockets. Perform the first casting with the M/L section and the radial section.
ҏҏ Attach the anchor and position the faces of the star so they are centred over the anchor arms. Perform the
second casting with the anchor and star.
Practical recommendation 5Z16

• Use 636K40 spray adhesive for easy handling and fast adhesion to the plaster model.
• When positioning the star, pull the rounded corners laterally in the medial direction so they
lie horizontally against the residual limb model.
• Trim the ends of the M/L section and the radial section using sharp scissors so they fit onto
the residual limb model.
Container preform
• For use in socket fabrication

4WR95=2
• Tested for users up to 150 kg
• Clean and easy processing 3
• Pre-determined layer structure
• Simplified fabrication and less time to fabricate a socket
• Minimises waste of expensive reinforcement materials
• Simplified quantity control in comparison to rolled and sheet goods
Technical data
Information material Article number Dimension Dimension Dimension Package Quantity
646D1410=EN_INT 5Z16/5Z17 Frame/ A B C contents unit
container preform product C
brief A B preforms for
fabricating a
prosthetic
socket
preforms for
fabricating a
prosthetic
socket
ҏҏ Apply the M/L section with the short side oriented medially. Round the edges when shortening to the correct
length.
ҏҏ Wrap around the radial section: position the reinforcement triangle medially in the perineum with the point
towards the end of the residual limb. The radial section can be used for left-hand (carbon on the outside) and
right-hand (carbon on the inside) sockets. Perform the first casting with the M/L section and the radial section.
ҏҏ Attach the anchor and position the faces of the star so they are centred over the anchor arms. Perform the
second casting with the anchor and star.

• Use 636K40 spray adhesive for easy handling and fast adhesion to the plaster model.
• When positioning the star, pull the rounded corners laterally in the medial direction so they
lie horizontally against the residual limb model.
• Trim the ends of the M/L section and the radial section using sharp scissors so they fit onto
the residual limb model.
DACRON® felt
• Sewable
Technical data
646A174=GB Prepreg technology Article number Length Width Thickness, dry
616G6=1X10 10 m 930 mm 3 mm
616G6=1X30 30 m 930 mm 3 mm
616G6=1X50 50 m 930 mm 3 mm
Polyester knit fabric

• For reinforcing Orthocryl soft resins, silicones and flexible thermoplastics

• Stretchable in one direction
• Stable in one direction
Technical data
616G26=150-1 1100 mm 1500 mm

Pedilen foams
Pedilen duplicating foam

• Two-component synthetic material, excellent for quickly taking impressions of prosthetic

sockets
• Undercuts are transferred exactly and can be demoulded easily
• Can be finished, for example by sanding, application of 636K17 lightweight putty
Technical data
3
617H37=0.865 0.865 kg
617H37=4.600 4.6 kg
617H37=9.320 9.32 kg

Immediately after the Pedilen duplicating foam has hardened and cooled, line the cast with an
adequately stable layer of plaster. Let this layer harden and fill the model with plaster.
Pedilen rigid foam 100

• For fabricating rehabilitation seating systems and for functional cosmeses

• Fast and safe processing with hand mixing procedure
• Precise taking of impressions
• Indentation hardness (at 10% compression): approx. 0.63 N/mm²
• No shrinkage
• Easy to refinish in cured condition, e.g. through sanding, lamination
Technical data
Article number Net contents Expansion factor Weight per unit volume
617H11=0.865 0.865 kg 12.5 approx. 100 kg/m³
617H11=2.300 2.3 kg 12.5 approx. 100 kg/m³
Mixing ratio
617H11=4.600 4.6 kg 12.5 approx. 100 kg/m³
Pedilen rigid foam 100 Hardener for Pedilen
617H11 rigid foams 617P21 617H11=9.320 9.32 kg 12.5 approx. 100 kg/m³
100 100
Pedilen foams

• For functional cosmeses in prosthetics and orthotics

• No shrinkage
Technical data
617H12=0.865 0.865 kg 6.5 approx. 200 kg/m³
617H12=2.300 2.3 kg 6.5 approx. 200 kg/m³
Mixing ratio
617H12=4.600 4.6 kg 6.5 approx. 200 kg/m³
617H12 rigid foams 617P21 617H12=9.320 9.32 kg 6.5 approx. 200 kg/m³
100 100
Shake for 30 seconds before use.

• For shape and length difference compensation subject to loads in prosthetics and
orthotics
• No shrinkage
Technical data
617H32=0.865 0.865 kg 4.5 approx. 300 kg/m³
Mixing ratio
617H32=2.300 2.3 kg 4.5 approx. 300 kg/m³
617H32=4.600 4.6 kg 4.5 approx. 300 kg/m³
617H32 rigid foams 617P21
100 100
Pedilen foams

• For prostheses and shoe lasts subject to high strain

• No shrinkage
• Easy to refinish in cured condition, e.g. through sanding, lamination 3
Technical data
617H48=0.865 0.865 kg 2.2 approx. 450 kg/m³
617H48=4.600 4.6 kg 2.2 approx. 450 kg/m³
Mixing ratio

100 100

• For prostheses and shoe lasts subject to very high strain

• No shrinkage
Technical data
617H61=4.600 4.6 kg 1.9 approx. 600 kg/m³
617H61=9.320 9.32 kg 1.9 approx. 600 kg/m³
Mixing ratio

100 100
Pedilen foams

• For fabricating heel lifts and shoe lasts

• Screw and nail-resistant
• No shrinkage
• Attention: mixing ratio 100 (617H41 rigid foam):70 (617P21 hardener)
Technical data
Mixing ratio
Pedilen rigid foam 700 Hardener for Pedilen 617H41=0.865 0.865 kg 1.7 approx. 700 kg/m³
617H41=4.600 4.6 kg 1.7 approx. 700 kg/m³
100 70
617H41=9.320 9.32 kg 1.7 approx. 700 kg/m³

Pedilen foams
Hardener for Pedilen rigid foams

• Hardener for all Pedilen rigid foams and Pedilen duplicating foams
3
inhalation Acute Tox. 4,
Skin Irrit. 2,
Eye Irrit. 2,
Resp. Sens. 1,
Skin. Sens. 1,
Carc. 2,
resp. irrit. STOT SE 3,
STOT RE 2
ixing ratio for a residual limb length of 20 cm and a
M
circumference of the residual limb (centre) of 20 cm
Technical data
Pedilen duplicating foam Hardener for Pedilen
617H37 rigid foams 617P21 Article number Net contents
100 40 617P21=0.865 0.865 kg

617P21=2.300 2.3 kg
617P21=4.600 4.6 kg
Product example 617P21=9.320 9.32 kg
See the table below for further mixing ratios. (Duplicating Foam:Hardener; quantities in g)
Circumference of residual limb (centre)
Residual limb length
20 cm 30 cm 40 cm 50 cm 60 cm
10 cm 50 : 20 100 : 40 150 : 60 200 : 80 200 : 80
20 cm 100 : 40 150 : 60 200 : 80 300 : 120 400 : 80
30 cm 100 : 40 200 : 80 250 : 100 350 : 140 400 : 160
40 cm 150 : 60 200 : 80 350 : 140 400 : 160 500 : 200

• For the exact mixing ratio, we recommend the 642B2 measuring cup.
Pedilen flexible foam 150

• For making flexible cosmetic body compensations

• No shrinkage
• Easy to refinish in cured condition, e.g. through sanding
Technical data
617H35=0.865 0.865 kg 7.1 approx. 150 kg/m³
617H35=4.600 4.6 kg 7.1 approx. 150 kg/m³
Mixing ratio
Pedilen flexible foam 150 Hardener for Pedilen

617H35 flexible foams 617P32
100 50
• Bonds well with 636W71 CP contact adhesive.
Pedilen foams
Pedilen flexible foam 300

• For making flexible body compensations with high mechanical strength, e.g. for partial
hand replacements
• No shrinkage
Technical data
617H42=0.865 0.865 kg 4.7 approx. 300 kg/m³
Mixing ratio
617H42=4.600 4.6 kg 4.7 approx. 300 kg/m³
Pedilen flexible foam Hardener for Pedilen
300 617H42 flexible foams 617P32
100 50
Hardener for Pedilen flexible foams

• Hardener for 617H35 Pedilen flexible foam 150 and 617H42 Pedilen flexible foam 300

Technical data
617P32=0.865 0.865 kg

• Mixing ratio hardener: A-component varies. For the exact mixing ratio, we recommend the
642B2 measuring cup.
Pedilen foams
Flexible foam, component A

• For the production of 2-component PUR foam

• For custom orthopaedic components made to measure
• Low weight
• Indentation hardness (at 10% compression): approx. 0.01 N/mm² 3
• No shrinkage
Mixing ratio

Flexible foam, Flexible foam,
component A 617D50 component B 617D51 Technical data
100 40 Article number Net contents Expansion factor Weight per unit volume
617D50 0.865 kg 10 approx. 120 kg/m³
Practical recommendation 617D50

Flexible foam, component B

• For the production of 2-component PUR foam

• For custom orthopaedic components made to measure
• Low weight
• No shrinkage
Mixing ratio
Flexible foam, Flexible foam,
component A 617D50 component B 617D51
100 40

Technical data
617D51 0.865 kg 10 approx. 120 kg/m³

Pedilen foams
ThermoLyn trolene
• Opaque
Technical data

Measuring cup
• Polypropylene measuring cup

• Scaling facilitates a precise mixing ratio
• The 1000-g cup is especially well suited for laminating pelvic sockets and orthoses, and
for taking impressions and foaming with large volumes
• Reusable
Technical data
Article number Volume Minimum order quantity
642B2=50 50 g 100 pieces
642B2=100 100 g 100 pieces
642B2=200 200 g 100 pieces
642B2=400 400 g 100 pieces
642B2=1000 1000 g 100 pieces

• The varying density of the foam and hardener results in a precise mixing ratio of 1:1. We
recommend using a measuring cup to ensure this mixing ratio.
• Add slightly more than the required amount of liquid foam, since a small amount often
remains in the measuring cup.
Pedilen foams
Wooden spatula
• Versatile measuring tool

• Imprint in mm and inch
• Rectangular shape facilitates thorough mixing in the bottom and edge areas, for example
with lamination resins
Technical data 3
Article number Length Width Height Minimum order
quantity
699Y3 270 mm 18 mm 2.7 mm 100 pieces
Practical recommendation 699Y3

Add slightly more than the required amount of liquid foam since a small amount always
remains on the wooden spatula.
Acrylic sealing resins
Orthocryl sealing resin compact adhesive

Reference number 636K18
• For bonding e.g. wood, plastics, leather

• In conjunction with 617P14 hardener paste or 617P37 hardener powder
• Basis: solution of an acrylic polymer in methacrylic esters
• Thixotrope

Technical data
636K18 1 kg Transparent
646F297=GB Adhesives, putties, Practical recommendation 636K18
varnishes and thinners Recommended for parting components prior to laminating.
poster
Hardener paste
• or Orthocryl resins
F
• For 636K7 Orthocryl putty, 636K9 Akemi fast-curing putty, 636K17 lightweight putty
and 636K18 Orthocryl sealing resin compact adhesive
• Thixotrope
• Mixes well
• Enables fast curing

Technical data
Mixing ratio Article number Net contents
Putty Hardener paste 617P14 617P14=0.028 0.028 kg
100 3 617P14=0.150 0.15 kg
617P14=0.500 0.5 kg

Orthocryl sealing resin

• For sealing and reinforcing

• High-strength adhesive bonds, e.g. wood, foam
• Combined with filler material for making putties
• 617H21=25 P supplied in plastic canister (filling set available)
3

Technical data
617H21=0.900 E 0.9 kg
100 1 3 617H21=25 P 25 kg
Information material ҏҏ The 642K13 filling set is available as an accessory for metal containers of 25 kg and over.
Hardening powder
• For Orthocryl resins and 617H500 Orthovinyl resin as well as 636K18 Orthocryl sealing
resin compact adhesive
• Includes 1 g measuring spoon
• Mixes well with Orthocryl and Orthovinyl resins
• Easy dosing

Technical data
Information material Article number Net contents
646F351=EN_MASTER Lamination resins poster 617P37=0.150 0.15 kg

Applies to all Orthocryl resins: add max. 3% 617P37 hardening powder.

Talcum powder pharma

• Lightweight filler for sealing resin

• For powdering plaster models
• Pharmaceutical quality
• Powder form
Technical data
639A1=1 1 kg
Microballoon
• Very lightweight filler for sealing resin

• Powder form
• Density reduction and therefore weight reduction of the end product
Technical data
617Z8=1 1 kg White


• Lamination resin for small prosthetic and orthotic components

• Same mixing ratio of hardener powder and lamination resin as with 617H19 Orthocryl
curing time
80:20
Mixing ratio

100 1-3 3

Technical data
617H19S=25 25 kg
ҏҏ The 642K13 filling set is available as an accessory for containers of 25 kg and over.




• 617H19=25 P supplied in plastic canister (filling set included)

Technical data
617H19=0.900 E 0.9 kg
100 1-3 3 617H19=25 P 25 kg
Information material ҏҏ The 642K13 filling set is available as an accessory for metal containers of 25 kg and over.

C-Orthocryl
• Lamination resin for carbon fibre technique

• Facilitates fabricating components with a low proportion of resin
• Optimum ratio of matrix to reinforcing materials

Technical data
617H55=0.900 0.9 kg
617H55=4.600 4.6 kg
Mixing ratio 617H55=25 25 kg
100 1-3 3 ҏҏ The 642K13 filling set is available as an accessory for containers of 25 kg and over.

• No filter layers are required when casting carbon on carbon.
646F351=EN_MASTER Lamination resins poster • For sheet casting, use only 616F4 PVA film or 99B81 PVA bags.
Orthocryl lamination resin 80:20 PRO

• Lamination resin for the fabrication of components with a low proportion of resin
• Lower viscosity with the same mechanical characteristics as 617H19
• Better penetration of the reinforcement
• Faster evacuation of air from the reinforcement
• The air that is evacuated and subsequently rises can escape from the resin during
lamination and is not locked into the resin. This increases the quality and stability of the
end result
• Hardener/colour pastes are easier to mix

Mixing ratio

Technical data
100 1-3 3 Article number Net contents
617H119=0.900 0.9 kg
Information material 617H119=4.600 4.6 kg
646D1443=EN_MASTER 617H119 Orthocryl 617H119=25 25 kg

PRO product brief ҏҏ The 642K13 filling set is available as an accessory for containers of 25 kg and over.
646D718=EN 617H119 Orthocryl
PRO product information

Orthocryl, soft
• For flexible laminates

• Enables the lamination of flexible components, such as flaps in case of hip and knee
disarticulations
3

Technical data
617H17=0.900 E 0.9 kg
617H17=4.600 E 4.6 kg
Mixing ratio 617H17=25 E 25 kg
100 1-2 3 ҏҏ 642K13 filling set is available for containers of 25 kg and over.

Orthocryl, extra soft

• For highly flexible laminates

• Enables laminating highly flexible components such as flaps in hip and knee disarticula-
tion
• Can be combined with 617H19 Orthocryl lamination resin 80:20 and 617H55
C-Orthocryl

Technical data
Mixing ratio 617H51=0.900 0.9 kg
Resin Hardener Pigment paste 617H51=4.600 4.6 kg
100 1-2 3 617H51=25 25 kg
Information material ҏҏ The 642K13 filling set is available as an accessory for containers of 25 kg and over.

Hardening powder
• Easy dosing

Technical data

Hardener paste
• For Orthocryl resins

• Thixotrope
• Mixes well

Technical data
100 3 617P14=0.150 0.15 kg
617P14=0.500 0.5 kg
Filling set
• Facilitates the decanting of Orthocryl resin
Technical data
Article number Suitable for
642K13 25 kg containers

Thinner for Orthocryl resins

• For thinning, especially of Orthocryl resins

• For cleaning
• For altering the viscosity of the resin, particularly for swashing out open-pored Pedilen
sockets
• Can also be used for working the edges of check sockets such as ThermoLyn clear,
ThermoLyn rigid, ThermoLyn PETG clear 3

Technical data
634A28 0.8 kg

Vinyl lamination resins
Orthovinyl lamination resin

• Lamination resin for high-strength components

• Laminating resin on vinyl ester basis
• The laminate achieves a verified biocompatible state following sufficient tempering (see
processing instructions)
• The resin exhibits a slightly yellow tinge in the liquid state which is not, however, visible
in the laminate
• As with an acrylic resin, the curing time can be reliably determined based on the added
hardener and the temperature
• Higher degree of stability than an acrylic resin due to better bonding to the reinforcement
fibres
• High stiffness of the laminate with low wall thickness
Mixing ratio
• Bonds to carbon fibre more effectively than an acrylic resin
• Very easy to sand
Resin Hardener Pigment Pot life Setting
paste time • Excellent balance between matrix and reinforcement material
100 1 max. 3 34 minutes 75 minutes • Can be coloured with Ottobock pigment pastes
100 2 max. 3 20 minutes 50 minutes
• Very good impregnation, especially of carbon fibres
Information material • Can be combined with all common Ottobock carbon and glass fibres
646D1409=EN_MASTER 617H500 Orthovinyl
product brief

Technical data
617H500=0.900 0.9 kg
617H500=4.600 4.6 kg

• For sheet casting, use only 616F4 PVA film or 99B81 PVA bags.
• Use 617P37=0.150 hardening powder.
• Do not use thinners.
• Final annealing: one hour per 1 mm laminate thickness at 80 °C.
• Use 636K8 Plastaband to seal the joints.
• Can be processed as quickly and easily as an acrylic resin.
Hardening powder
• Easy dosing

Technical data

108 Ottobock | Materialien

Epoxy lamination resins
Orthopox epoxy resin

• For lightweight, thin-walled, yet sturdy laminates

• Transparent, epoxy-based resin
• Optimum resin content is easily adjusted
• Optimum ratio of matrix to reinforcing materials
• Optimum impregnation, especially of carbon fibres 3
• Good bonding to the reinforcement fibres
• Higher structural strength compared to acrylic resins
• Produces a very smooth surface
• Curing time can be controlled by temperature
Mixing ratio

100 26 max. 3
Technical data
646D1445=EN_MASTER 617H5 Orthopox epoxy
resin product brief 617H5=1 1 kg
646F351=EN_MASTER Lamination resins poster 617H5=5 5 kg

• Can be demoulded after 10 hours at 23 °C ambient temperature under a vacuum.
• Interim annealing for 1 hour at 60 °C for optimal processing.
• Final annealing for tension-free final hardness, 1 hour at 100 °C.
• Optional: for permanent skin contact, 10 hours at 80 °C.
EP hardener for Orthopox

• For 617H5 Orthopox epoxy resin

Technical data
617P5=0.26 0.26 kg
617P5=0.7 0.7 kg

Epoxy lamination resins
Orthopox woven carbon fibre

• Reinforcement fibres for 617H5 Orthopox epoxy resin and 616B60 resin film
• Not for use with acrylic resins
• No fraying of the fibres
• No double-sided adhesive tape required
Technical data
616G12=H5.1 1m 1.20 m
616G12=H5.5 5m 1.20 m
Orthopox woven flex

• Dyneema substitute with better resin adhesion
• Protects against breakage
• Very good post-processing characteristics (e.g. sanding)
Technical data
616G181=H5.2 2m 1.25 m

Epoxy lamination resin film
Resin film
• Developed especially for fabricating exceptionally sturdy and lightweight prostheses and
orthoses
• Lighter, thinner components with rigidity equal to that of components on acrylic resin
basis
• On epoxy resin basis
• Clean and easy processing 3
• Excellent draping characteristics
• Resin quantity can be applied precisely
• Adjustable resin content
• Cut pieces of resin film can be stored in a conventional freezer
• Smaller storage volumes in freezer compared to prepreg
• Saves auxiliary materials (e.g. no additional fixing of reinforcing materials required)
Information material • Can be combined with Ottobock reinforcement materials and prepregs
646D1477=EN_MASTER 616B60 resin film product
brief

Technical data
Article number Packaging Package Weight per unit area
616B60=2 23 foils at 300 x 300 mm per foil 2 m² 340 g/m²
ҏҏ Shipping days: Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday

ҏҏ When stored at a temperature of -18 °C, the resin film can be processed for approximately 12 months; at room
temperature, a maximum of 21 days. Freeze in moisture-proof sealed packaging; in order to avoid condensation,
thaw to room temperature in moisture-proof sealed packaging. Each thawing and freezing cycle reduces the
storage stability and degrades the quality significantly.

• The optimal processing temperature is between 20 °C and 23 °C.
• Make sure the processing area is dry and free of dust, talcum and grease.
• The resin content of the laminate should be at least 50% by weight. For this reason, please
pay attention to the weight per unit area of your reinforcement material.
• We recommend using the 633T18 cooling spray to make it easier to remove the protective
film from the resin film. Spray the edge of the protective film lightly for this purpose.
• For the first layer, apply spray adhesive to the laminating tool.
• Cure for 4 h under vacuum in a 130 °C oven.

Cooling spray
• Device for loosening the covering film on prepregs

• Device for loosening the covering film on 616B60 resin film
• Useful for demoulding components
• For immediate cooling of smaller areas or parts
• Possible temperature as low as -48 °C depending on spray duration
• Very rapid evaporation with no residue
• Good cleaning effect
• No detrimental influences on plastics or insulating materials
Technical data
633T18 400 ml

Technical data
616G12=H5.1 1m 1.20 m
616G12=H5.5 5m 1.20 m
Orthopox woven flex

Technical data
616G181=H5.2 2m 1.25 m

PVC bags, clear

• For working with epoxy resin, prepreg and resin film

• Foaming for functional cosmeses, e.g. with PU foams
• Sizes available for all amputation and orthosis types
• Easy to weld with the 756E1 hand sealing iron
• Can be bonded with 616F10 double-sided PVC adhesive tape
• High resistance to tearing 3
Technical data
Article number For the fabrication of Length Width Height Order Package
unit contents
99B71=62X11X4 Upper limb protheses 62 cm 11 cm 4 cm Package 10 piece(s)
99B71=67X17X6 Soft inner sockets and 67 cm 17 cm 6 cm Package 10 piece(s)
transtibial prostheses
99B71=67X24X7 Thigh sleeves/transfemoral 67 cm 24 cm 7 cm Package 10 piece(s)
prostheses
99B71=130X22X5 KAFO 130 cm 22 cm 5 cm Package 10 piece(s)

Thermoformable.


painting
Technical data
area
646T757=EN 617R15 TP.C and 617R18
information

Nylon stockinette

• Polyamide
Technical data
81A1=8 101.5 m 8 cm 1 kg
81A1=10 84.6 m 10 cm 1 kg
81A1=12 67.8 m 12 cm 1 kg
81A1=15 52.5 m 15 cm 1 kg
81A1=20 48 m 20 cm 1 kg




• Knitted fabric
• Finely meshed
• Good shaping
• Smooth surface after laminating 3
Technical data
623T3=4 45.4 m 4 cm 0.5 kg
623T3=6 27.7 m 6 cm 0.5 kg
623T3=8 20.8 m 8 cm 0.5 kg
623T3=10 37 m 10 cm 1 kg
623T3=12 33.3 m 12 cm 1 kg
623T3=15 27 m 15 cm 1 kg
623T3=20 20 m 20 cm 1 kg
623T3=25 13.5 m 25 cm 1 kg
623T3=30 11.1 m 30 cm 1 kg
623T3=35 10.2 m 35 cm 1 kg
623T3=40 8.8 m 40 cm 1 kg


PVA bags
• For working with lamination resins as well as prepreg and resin film
• Film adapts to contours extremely well
Technical data
Article number For the Length Width Height Thickness Order unit Package
fabrication of contents
99B81=60X11X4 Upper limb 60 cm 11 cm 4 cm 0.08 mm Package 10 pieces
prostheses
99B81=70X19X5 Soft-walled inner 70 cm 19 cm 5 cm 0.08 mm Package 10 pieces
646A174=GB Prepreg technology sockets and
product information transtibial
prostheses
99B81=70X27X5 Thigh sleeves/ 70 cm 27 cm 5 cm 0.08 mm Package 10 pieces
transfemoral
prostheses
prostheses
99B81=100X19X5 Transtibial 100 cm 19 cm 5 cm 0.08 mm Package 10 pieces
prostheses
99B81=100X26X5 Transfemoral 100 cm 26 cm 5 cm 0.08 mm Package 10 pieces
prostheses
prostheses
prostheses
99B81=120X50X10 Hip 120 cm 50 cm 10 cm 0.08 mm Package 10 pieces
disarticulation
99B81=130X19X5 KAFO 130 cm 19 cm 5 cm 0.08 mm Package 10 pieces

• For fixation in conjunction with the lamination technique

Technical data


• Temperature-stable adhesive tape (to 200 °C) for vacuum technology

Technical data
product information
Vacuum sealing tape

• For adhering vacuum sheeting of all types to the edge of a mould

• Permanently elastic, heat-resistant sealing tape (to 205 °C) made of synthetic rubber
• Basis for a stable vacuum
• Can be easily removed from the mould
Technical data
Article number Length Width Colour
Information material 636K38 9m 12 mm Yellow
product information

Accessories
Pigment paste
• For lamination resins and putties

• For sealing resin and sealing resin compact adhesive
• For a natural look
• Mixes well
• Good surface coverage

Technical data
Article image Article number Net contents Packaging Colour
617Z2=0.180 0.18 kg Tube Beige (light)
617Z2=1 1 kg Can Beige (light)

Mix pigment paste and lamination resin well. Once mixing is complete, add hardener.
Pigment paste
Reference number 617Z*
• For lamination resins and putties

• For sealing resin and sealing resin compact adhesive
• Large choice of colours
• High luminosity
• Mixes well
• Good surface coverage

Technical data
617Z3 0.25 kg Tan beige
617Z4 0.25 kg White
617Z5 0.25 kg Yellow
617Z6 0.2 kg Red
617Z7 0.25 kg Blue
617Z9 0.25 kg Black
617Z58=3 0.25 kg Green
Practical recommendation 617Z*

Mix pigment paste and lamination resin well. Once mixing is complete, add hardener.
Accessories
ThermoLyn trolene
• Reusable and easy to clean due to its smooth surface 3
• Opaque
Technical data

Measuring cup
• Polypropylene measuring cup

• Scaling facilitates a precise mixing ratio
• The 1000-g cup is especially well suited for laminating pelvic sockets and orthoses, and
for taking impressions and foaming with large volumes
• Reusable
Technical data
Article number Volume Minimum order quantity
642B2=50 50 g 100 pieces
642B2=100 100 g 100 pieces
642B2=200 200 g 100 pieces
642B2=400 400 g 100 pieces
642B2=1000 1000 g 100 pieces

• The varying density of the foam and hardener results in a precise mixing ratio of 1:1. We
recommend using a measuring cup to ensure this mixing ratio.
• Add slightly more than the required amount of liquid foam, since a small amount often
remains in the measuring cup.

Accessories
Wooden spatula
• Versatile measuring tool

• Imprint in mm and inch
• Rectangular shape facilitates thorough mixing in the bottom and edge areas, for example
with lamination resins
Technical data
Article number Length Width Height Minimum order
quantity
699Y3 270 mm 18 mm 2.7 mm 100 pieces

Add slightly more than the required amount of liquid foam since a small amount always
remains on the wooden spatula.
PVA film
Technical data
Article number Length Width Thickness
616F4=76X5 5m 76 cm 0.08 mm
616F4=76X10 10 m 76 cm 0.08 mm
616F4=76X20 20 m 76 cm 0.08 mm
616F4=76X30 30 m 76 cm 0.08 mm
616F4=76X50 50 m 76 cm 0.08 mm
616F4=76X450 450 m 76 cm 0.08 mm
616F4=100X5 5m 100 cm 0.08 mm
616F4=100X10 10 m 100 cm 0.08 mm
616F4=100X20 20 m 100 cm 0.08 mm
616F4=100X30 30 m 100 cm 0.08 mm
616F4=100X50 50 m 100 cm 0.08 mm
616F4=100X100 100 m 100 cm 0.08 mm
616F4=100X200 200 m 100 cm 0.08 mm
616F4=130X10 10 m 130 cm 0.08 mm
616F4=130X20 20 m 130 cm 0.08 mm
616F4=130X30 30 m 130 cm 0.08 mm
616F4=130X50 50 m 130 cm 0.08 mm
616F4=130X100 100 m 130 cm 0.08 mm

Accessories
PVA bags
• High resistance to tearing 3
Technical data
Article number For the Length Width Height Thickness Order unit Package
fabrication of contents
prostheses
99B81=70X19X5 Soft-walled 70 cm 19 cm 5 cm 0.08 mm Package 10 pieces
inner sockets
646A174=GB Prepreg technology and transtibial
product information prostheses
transfemoral
prostheses
prostheses
99B81=100X19X5 Transtibial 100 cm 19 cm 5 cm 0.08 mm Package 10 pieces
prostheses
prostheses
prostheses
prostheses
99B81=120X50X10 Hip 120 cm 50 cm 10 cm 0.08 mm Package 10 pieces
disarticulation
PVC film, clear


Technical data
616F1=5 5m 130 cm 0.12 mm
616F1=30 30 m 130 cm 0.12 mm
616F1=140X0.50 50 m 135 cm 0.5 mm
ҏҏ 616F1=140x0.50: Please indicate the required length in metres when ordering.

Thermoformable.

Accessories
PVC bags, clear


Technical data
Article number For the fabrication of Length Width Height Order unit Package
contents
99B71=67X24X7 Thigh sleeves/ 67 cm 24 cm 7 cm Package 10 piece(s)
transfemoral prostheses

Thermoformable.
Plasticine clay
• For preparing models

• For shaping as a temporary dummy with indirect resin contact
• Readily formable
• Easy to apply, also on large areas
Technical data
636K6 1 kg White

Accessories
Wax
Reference number 633W8
• or insulating joints, components and dummies

F
• Excellent separating effect
• Easy to process
Technical data
Article image Article number Net contents 3
633W8=12.2 12.2 g
Information material 633W8 425 g

product information
Silicone grease 400, medium

• As corrosion protection for plug connections, e.g. Myo, E-MAG Active (cable connectors)
• As corrosion protection, e.g. for drive units
• For the planetary gear train of the drive unit in upper limb prosthetics
• For isolating components in the lamination technique
• Very good resistance to heat and cold
• High resistance to ageing
• Good film forming capacity
Technical data
Article image Article number Net contents Packaging
633F11 0.1 kg Tube
633F11=1 1 kg Can

Accessories
Parting agent
• Parting agent for mould construction and silicone fabrication

• Wax in solvent
• Each application can be polished after 10-15 minutes to produce a glossy surface

Technical data
Article number Net contents Packaging
85F3 1l Bottle

Adhesive tapes
Plastaband
• For sealing, filling and protection in conjunction with lamination technique

• Ideal for isolating e.g. orthotic joints while laminating
• Base: synthetic rubber
• Easy to remove from mould
• Temperature resistant
Technical data
3
636K8=20X2X10 10 m 20 mm 2 mm Grey
Processing and usage examples for 636K8
ut 636K8 Plastaband to the required

C etach the blue separating film from the
D Isolate the corresponding areas of the
length. Plastaband and pre-form the Plastaband. objects that will be included in the lami-
nate (e.g. screw heads, bare threads, joint
surfaces) using the pre-formed Plastaband.

Adhesive tapes
Vacuum sealing tape


Technical data
product information
Neoprene® cell rubber tape

• For sealing, isolating, vacuum forming and foaming

• Base material: foam
• Rubber adhesive
• Good resistance e.g. to oil and grease
• High-quality sealant against water
Technical data
Article number Length Width Thickness Colour Order unit
627B5=19 10 m 19 mm 4 mm Black Roll
Neoprene® is a registered trademark of DuPont.

Adhesive tapes
Double-sided PVC adhesive tape

• For double-sided bonding of PVC films

• Application of reinforcement materials such as carbon
• Without base material
• Transparent (covered with greaseproof paper)
• Conforms to contours extremely well 3
• Highly effective with low material usage
Technical data
616F10=6 55 m 6 mm Transparent Roll
Check that the weft thread of the 616G12 ull the woven carbon fibre straight to such
P osition the tailored carbon fibre sections
P
resulting mesh loop and cut through the
middle of the woven carbon fibre along
the adhesive tape. After these prepara-
tions have been completed, tailored carbon
fibre sections can be made that have a 90°
alignment between the warp and the weft.
In this way the carbon fibres are not only
aligned in accordance with the arising
forces, they can also absorb these opti-
mally.

Adhesive tapes
Polyethylene adhesive tape

• For sealing damaged PVA film

• Acrylic adhesive material
• High elasticity
Technical data
627B40 33 m 25 mm Transparent Roll
Apply 627B40 polyethylene adhesive tape

around the areas that are to be opened
after laminating; while doing so, excessive
resin in these areas can be reduced with the
pre-tensioned adhesive tape. With a given
pre-tensioning, the adhesive tape can be
twisted to a cord so that excess resin can
also be reduced in areas that are difficult to
access.

Adhesive tapes


• Rubber adhesive
• Good resistance to chemicals
3
Technical data
PVC adhesive tape (Coroplast)

• For taping off PVC films

• Suitable for trial fitting
• Base material: soft PVC film
Technical data
616F8 10 m 50 mm Transparent Roll

Adhesive tapes


Technical data
Linen adhesive tape

• For sealing, closing and reinforcing with the lamination technique

• Base material: open weave
• Rubber adhesive
• High tear resistance
• High adhesive strength
Technical data
627B1=19 50 m 19 mm Raw white Roll

Subsequent inscription on 627B1 linen adhesive tape is possible, so that it is suitable for
labelling.

Adhesive tapes
Monofilament adhesive tape

• For securing prosthetic sockets

• Fibreglass-reinforced PP adhesive tape
• Rubber adhesive
• Extremely high resistance to tearing
Technical data
627B2=19 50 m 19 mm Transparent Roll
Crepe adhesive tape

• For taping off specific areas in order to isolate them during coating and isolation tasks,
e.g. SuperSkin
• For temporary fixation
• Base material: special paper
• Rubber adhesive
• Good adhesion on various surfaces
• Easy to tear by hand
• Markable
Technical data
627B6=15 50 m 15 mm Chamois Roll

Adhesive tapes


Technical data

C osition precut adhesive tape in the corre-
(here the inner socket and the frame) sponding locations and press into place. socket. Compress the inner socket and
tions being bonded.

Notes

Prepreg technology

The term “prepreg” is derived from the word “pre-
impregnated”. Prepreg incorporates the processing
of pre-impregnated base materials, such as carbon
fibres impregnated with epoxy resin. In orthopaedic
technology, prepreg is suitable for the fabrication of
high-strength, lightweight orthotic and prosthetic
components. Thanks to an optimal balance of base
materials and resin content as well as accelerated
handling processes using special curing tempera-
tures, our prepreg materials ensure increased work- 4
flow efficiency.
In addition to thermoset prepregs, Ottobock offers

thermoplastic prepregs (TP.C) for high-strength, very
thin orthoses on a thermoplastic material basis. They
are subsequently thermoformable under pressure,
weldable with components having the same matrix
and have no special storage requirements (e.g. no
cooling).
The Ottobock prepreg line also includes numerous

raw and auxiliary materials required for processing.

Prepreg technology
Thermoset prepregs
Sample set of carbon profile bars

• 3 carbon profile bars (0°, 45° und 90°)

• The mechanical properties of the carbon fabric are dependent on the direction in which a
force is applied. Under tensile load in the warp or weft direction, woven fabrics stretch
only slightly. But if the tensile load is applied diagonally, e.g. at an angle under 45°,
woven carbon fabrics are highly stretchable. The direction of the fibres should be
adjusted according to the load.
Technical data
Article number
646M39
product information
Woven carbon fibre prepreg

• For fabricating lightweight and dynamic carbon components, such as orthoses

• Problem-free fabrication of flexible to rigid orthosis designs
• Impregnated with epoxy resin
• High tensile strength and compressive strength

product information
Technical data
Article number Length Width Fibre weight per Weave type Resin content
unit area
616B10=5 5m 1.25 m 280 g/m² Twill 4/4 49 % by weight

ҏҏ When stored at a temperature of -18 °C, prepregs can be processed for approximately 12 months; at room

Prepreg technology
Thermoset prepregs
Carbon fibre prepreg, unidirectional

• For fabricating lightweight and dynamic carbon components, such as orthoses

• For increasing bending rigidity
• Problem-free fabrication of flexible to rigid orthosis designs
• High tensile strength and compressive strength
• Always embed in between webbings
Information material 4
product information
Technical data
Article number Length Width Fibre weight per Weave type Resin content
unit area
616B11=5 5m 0.3 m 300 g/m² UD 37 % by weight

Woven Aramid fibre prepreg

• For fabricating orthoses in prepreg technology

• For flexible seating tape
• Flexible and shape-retentive
646A174=GB Prepreg technology Technical data

product information
Article number Length Width Weight per unit Weave type Resin content
area
616B13=1 1m 1.2 m 170 g/m² Satin 1/3 50 % by weight


Prepreg technology
Thermoset prepregs
Woven Dyneema fibre prepreg

• For fabricating orthoses in prepreg technology

• For flaps and fasteners
• For flexible edge areas
• Highly flexible and strain-free

product information
Technical data
Article number Length Width Weight per unit Weave type Resin content
area
616B15=1 1m 1.25 m 160 g/m² Twill 2/2 50 % by weight

Kraibon rubber
• For the fabrication of soft edges on orthoses

• Processing in combination with prepreg – no adhesive or mechanical joint required for a
flexible edge
• Flowing transition between hard and soft material
• Excellent draping characteristics for easy moulding to the component
• Various materials thicknesses can be obtained with multiple layers
• Cut pieces of Kraibon rubber can be stored in the supplied pressure lock bag in a
conventional freezer
• Can be combined with Ottobock reinforcement materials and prepregs
646D1535=EN_INT 616B65 Kraibon rubber
product brief
Technical data
Article number Packaging Thickness of each Package Weight per unit
blank area
616B65=2 28 blanks, 0,5 mm 2 m² 520 g/m²
250 mm x 300 mm

ҏҏ When stored at a temperature of -18 °C, the Kraibon rubber can be processed for approximately 6 months; at
room temperature, a maximum of 21 days. Freeze in moisture-proof sealed packaging; in order to avoid conden-
sation, thaw to room temperature in moisture-proof sealed packaging. Each thawing and freezing cycle reduces
the storage stability and degrades the quality significantly.

• Cures only at temperature and in a vacuum
• No formation of sharp prepreg edges
• Not for processing with peel ply (low tear propagation strength)

Prepreg technology
Thermoset prepregs
Resin film
• Developed especially for fabricating exceptionally sturdy and lightweight prostheses and
orthoses
• Lighter, thinner components with rigidity equal to that of components on acrylic resin
basis
• On epoxy resin basis
• Clean and easy processing
• Excellent draping characteristics
• Resin quantity can be applied precisely
• Adjustable resin content
• Cut pieces of resin film can be stored in a conventional freezer
• Smaller storage volumes in freezer compared to prepreg
• Saves auxiliary materials (e.g. no additional fixing of reinforcing materials required)
Information material • Can be combined with Ottobock reinforcement materials and prepregs 4
646D1477=EN_MASTER 616B60 resin film product
brief

Technical data
Article number Packaging Package Weight per unit area

ҏҏ When stored at a temperature of -18 °C, the resin film can be processed for approximately 12 months; at room

• The optimal processing temperature is between 20 °C and 23 °C.
• Make sure the processing area is dry and free of dust, talcum and grease.
• The resin content of the laminate should be at least 50% by weight. For this reason, please
pay attention to the weight per unit area of your reinforcement material.
• We recommend using the 633T18 cooling spray to make it easier to remove the protective
film from the resin film. Spray the edge of the protective film lightly for this purpose.
• For the first layer, apply spray adhesive to the laminating tool.
• Cure for 4 h under vacuum in a 130 °C oven.

Prepreg technology
Thermoset prepregs
Cooling spray
• Device for loosening the covering film on prepregs

• Device for loosening the covering film on 616B60 resin film
• Useful for demoulding components
• For immediate cooling of smaller areas or parts
• Possible temperature as low as -48 °C depending on spray duration
• Very rapid evaporation with no residue
• Good cleaning effect
• No detrimental influences on plastics or insulating materials
Technical data
633T18 400 ml

Technical data
616G12=H5.1 1m 1.20 m
616G12=H5.5 5m 1.20 m
Orthopox woven flex

Technical data
616G181=H5.2 2m 1.25 m

Prepreg technology
Thermoset prepregs
PVC bags, clear


Technical data
Article number For the fabrication of Length Width Height Order unit Package
contents
99B71=67X24X7
Thigh sleeves/ 67 cm 24 cm 7 cm Package 10 piece(s)
4

Thermoformable.


painting
Technical data
area
646T757=EN 617R15 TP.C and 617R18
information

Prepreg technology
Thermoset prepregs
Nylon stockinette

• Polyamide
Technical data
81A1=8 101.5 m 8 cm 1 kg
81A1=10 84.6 m 10 cm 1 kg
81A1=12 67.8 m 12 cm 1 kg
81A1=15 52.5 m 15 cm 1 kg
81A1=20 48 m 20 cm 1 kg


Prepreg technology
Thermoset prepregs


• Knitted fabric
• Finely meshed
• Good shaping
Technical data 4
623T3=4 45.4 m 4 cm 0.5 kg
623T3=6 27.7 m 6 cm 0.5 kg
623T3=8 20.8 m 8 cm 0.5 kg
623T3=10 37 m 10 cm 1 kg
623T3=12 33.3 m 12 cm 1 kg
623T3=15 27 m 15 cm 1 kg
623T3=20 20 m 20 cm 1 kg
623T3=25 13.5 m 25 cm 1 kg
623T3=30 11.1 m 30 cm 1 kg
623T3=35 10.2 m 35 cm 1 kg
623T3=40 8.8 m 40 cm 1 kg
Compoflex® 250 absorbent fleece

• Breathable, microporous absorbent fleece

• Low resin absorption
• Smooth functional side replaces the perforated sheeting
• 100% polypropylene
• Self-separating
• Processing temperature: 140 °C (convection oven)
Technical data
646A174=GB Prepreg technology Article number Length Width Resin capacity
product information 616G60=1X5 5m 1m 810 cm³/m²

Not for laminating.

Compoflex® is a registered trademark of Fibertex.

Prepreg technology
Thermoset prepregs
Compoflex® SB 250 absorbent fleece

• Breathable, microporous absorbent fleece with peel ply fabric surface structure
• Low resin absorption
• Fabric-structured side replaces the peel ply fabric and perforated sheeting
• Self-separating
• Processing temperature: 140 °C (convection oven)
Technical data
646A174=GB Prepreg technology Article number Length Width Resin capacity
product information 616G61=1X5 5m 1m 810 cm³/m²

Not for laminating.
PVA bags
Technical data
Article number For the fabrication of Length Width Height Thickness Order unit Package
contents
99B81=60X11X4 Upper limb prostheses 60 cm 11 cm 4 cm 0.08 mm Package 10 pieces
99B81=70X19X5 Soft-walled inner sockets 70 cm 19 cm 5 cm 0.08 mm Package 10 pieces
and transtibial prostheses
99B81=70X27X5 Thigh sleeves/transfemoral 70 cm 27 cm 5 cm 0.08 mm Package 10 pieces
prostheses
product information
99B81=100X19X5 Transtibial prostheses 100 cm 19 cm 5 cm 0.08 mm Package 10 pieces
99B81=100X26X5 Transfemoral prostheses 100 cm 26 cm 5 cm 0.08 mm Package 10 pieces
99B81=120X50X10 Hip disarticulation 120 cm 50 cm 10 cm 0.08 mm Package 10 pieces
Compoflex® is a registered trademark of Fibertex.

Prepreg technology
Thermoset prepregs


Technical data 4


Technical data
product information
Vacuum sealing tape


Technical data
product information

Prepreg technology
Thermoset prepregs
Rubber cork
• For applications in orthopaedics and shoe technology

• Heat-resistant
• Elastic
• High resilience
• Resistant against frictional wear
• Impermeable to liquids
• Not thermoformable
Technical data
product information Article number Length Width Thickness
620P3=2 1000 mm 500 mm 2 mm
620P3=3 1000 mm 500 mm 3 mm
620P3=4 1000 mm 500 mm 4 mm
620P3=5 1000 mm 500 mm 5 mm
620P3=6 1000 mm 500 mm 6 mm
620P3=8 1000 mm 500 mm 8 mm

Suitable for prepreg technology as a separating layer for padding.

Prepreg technology
Thermoset prepregs
Contact adhesive
Reference number 636N9
• For adhering flexible materials

• Especially for bonding profiled rubber, wooden materials, laminated boards, veneer and
plastic edges, rubber, leather, felt, fabric, cork, flexible foam, hard PVC, metal and
ceramics
• The proven classic for the workshop
• Not suitable for Styrofoam and soft PVC
• Base: methyl acetate
• Short drying time
• Good resistance to ageing
• Temperature-resistant to approx. 100 °C
Information material 4
646F297=GB Adhesives, putties,
varnishes and thinners
poster

product information
Technical data
636N9=0.660 0.66 kg Yellowish
Practical recommendation 636N9

• Stir before use. The surfaces/components that are to be adhered to one another must be dry
and free of dust, oil and grease.
• We recommend roughening the surface of rubber, thermosets and similar materials.
• Apply contact adhesive to both surfaces that are to be bonded. After a drying time of
5–20 minutes (depending on the thickness of the adhesive and the temperature), press the
parts together briefly and firmly.
• Contact adhesive may not be stored below +10 °C or above +25 °C. The containers must
be protected from direct sunlight and heat. When kept in a cool, dry place, the unopened
original containers can be stored for at least 1 year.
Fibreglass grid adhesive tape

• Partial reinforcement of vacuum sheeting

• Venting aid
• Non-elastic fibreglass weave
• Self-adhesive on both sides
Technical data
Article number Length Width Weight per unit Colour
Information material area
646A174=GB Prepreg technology 627B3=50 100 m 50 mm 55 g/m² White
product information

Prepreg technology
Thermoset prepregs
Wax
• For insulating joints, components and dummies

• Easy to process
Technical data
Article image Article number Net contents
633W8=12.2 12.2 g
633W8 425 g
product information

Prepreg technology
TP.C woven carbon fibre

• For high-strength, very thin orthoses on a thermoplastic material basis

• Matrix: TPU
• Type of fibre: carbon
• Suitable for painting
• Potentially adhesive
• No special storage requirements (e.g. no cooling)
Technical data
4
646A174=GB Prepreg technology Article Thickness Packaging Area Fibre Weave Fibre Resin
product information number weight per type content content
unit area
646T757=EN 617R15 TP.C and 617R18
TP.C textile technical 617R15=1 Approx. 0.25 mm 3 sheets at 1.29 m² 200 g/m² Twill 2/2 60 % by 40 % by
information 1000 x 430 mm weight weight
per sheet
617R15=2 Approx. 0.25 mm 6 sheets at 2.58 m² 200 g/m² Twill 2/2 60 % by 40 % by
1000 x 430 mm weight weight
per sheet
617R15=5 Approx. 0.25 mm 12 sheets at 5.16 m² 200 g/m² Twill 2/2 60 % by 40 % by
1000 x 430 mm weight weight
per sheet
TP.C textile
• For prostheses and orthoses on a PP thermoplastic material basis

• Can be used as reinforcement for ThermoLyn PP-H (article no. 616T20=*)
• Matrix: polypropylene
• Type of fibre: aramid
• No cooling required, but store UV protected

646D1446=EN_INT 617R18 TP.C textile Article number Length Width Fibre weight per Weave type
product brief unit area
646F265=EN_INT Thermoplastics poster 617R18=50X2 2m 50 mm 400 g/m² Twill 2/2
646T757=EN 617R15 TP.C and 617R18 617R18=100X2 2m 100 mm 400 g/m² Twill 2/2
617R18=190X2 2m 190 mm 400 g/m² Twill 2/2
information
Practical recommendation 617R18

The 617R18 TP.C textile is particularly easy to process with the 755E62 and 755E5 Ottobock
vacuum forming devices.

Prepreg technology
Silicone film

• Highly elastic
Technical data
616F27=5000X1000 5000 mm 1000 mm 1 mm Transparent
product information
646T757=EN 617R15 TP.C and 617R18
information
Silicone film

Technical data


Technical data

Prepreg technology


Technical data
Information material 636D14 66 m 25 mm 50 μm Red 4
product information
Bonding agent

Technical data


Prepreg technology


painting
Technical data
area
646T757=EN 617R15 TP.C and 617R18
information
Separating film

• Makes a glossy, clean surface that is optimally suited for further coating or painting
• Elongation at break: 300% +/-10%
• Tensile strength of 24 N/mm2
• Can be easily peeled off after curing
Technical data
616F28=10000X1220 10000 mm 1220 mm 0.013 mm Red
product information
646T757=EN 617R15 TP.C and 617R18
information

Prepreg technology
DACRON® felt
• Sewable
Technical data
Article number Length Width Thickness, dry
4
616G6=1X10 10 m 930 mm 3 mm
616G6=1X30 30 m 930 mm 3 mm
616G6=1X50 50 m 930 mm 3 mm


Elastomers

The use of silicones in orthopaedic technology
has now reached a comprehensive stage. Applica-
tions range from the fabrication of high-quality,
aesthetic finger and hand prostheses to functional,
cosmetic partial foot prostheses to the manufacture
of hygienic orthoses and perfectly fitting facial masks
for scar compression fittings. Silicones can also be
used for liners and socket comfort.
Ottobock uses silicone in its compression prod-

ucts, thus combining outstanding material prop-
erties with targeted pressure application. By indi-
vidually adapting the compression product to the
patient’s unique anatomy, even concave parts such
as the palm of the hand can be modelled with sili-
cone without overtensioning. Silicone also maintains 5
the moisture in the skin. Irritated scar tissue areas
can regain their elasticity and flexibility without the
use of additional creams. The material also retains
its form and flexibility independent of any strain
placed on it. As a result, consistently high pressure
is generated and maximum compression benefits are
assured, even during extended application.
In addition to the various treatment options, Otto-

bock also offers all the other materials required for
professionally processing silicones.

Elastomers
Silicone rubbers
Silicone rubber
• For fabricating soft-walled sockets

• Hardness approx. 25° Shore A
• The Shore hardness can be varied by mixing with 617H44 silicone rubber
• Rapid vulcanisation at room temperature (about 1 hour at 20 °C)
• Resistant to detergent and temperatures up to 180 °C
• Hygienic
Technical data
617H43=0.900 0.9 kg
617H43=4.600 4.6 kg
Silicone rubber
• For fabricating pads and end bearing cushions

• Hardness approx. 5° Shore A
• The Shore hardness can be varied by mixing with 617H43 silicone rubber
• Rapid vulcanisation at room temperature (about 1 hour at 20 °C)
• Resistant to detergent and temperatures up to 180 °C
• Hygienic
Technical data
617H44=0.900 0.9 kg
617H44=4.600 4.6 kg

Because of its silicone structure, the mixture can be applied partially elevated, e.g. as padding
over bony prominences.
Catalyst
• Catalyst for 617H43 silicone rubber and 617H44 silicone rubber
Technical data
617H45=0.100 0.1 kg
617H45=1 1 kg
ҏҏ ½ - 1 parts resin colour paste, as necessary
Mixing ratio
Silicone rubber Catalyst 617H45

90 10

Elastomers
Silicone rubbers
Stabiliser
• Stabiliser for 617H43 silicone rubber and 617H44 silicone rubber
Technical data
617H47=0.100 0.1 kg
617H47=5 5 kg
PVA bags
•
•
Film adapts to contours extremely well
Easy to weld with the 756E1 hand sealing iron 5
Technical data
Article number For the fabrication of Length Width Height Thickness Order unit Package
contents
99B81=70X19X5 Soft-walled inner sockets 70 cm 19 cm 5 cm 0.08 mm Package 10 pieces
and transtibial prostheses
product information
99B81=100X19X5 Transtibial prostheses 100 cm 19 cm 5 cm 0.08 mm Package 10 pieces
99B81=120X50X10 Hip disarticulation 120 cm 50 cm 10 cm 0.08 mm Package 10 pieces

Elastomers
Silicone rubbers
Bonding agent

Technical data



• CFC-free
Technical data
519L5 0.4 l
Cyamet quick-drying adhesive (superglue)

• For various applications

• Possible material combinations that can be bonded among each other: polyethylene,
polypropylene, rubber, leather, cork and metal
• For bonding silicone rubber with acrylic resin laminates
• Basis: ethyl
• Short curing time
• Moisture speeds up curing
• High mechanical strength

Technical data
varnishes and thinners Article number Net contents Colour
poster
636K11 20 g Transparent

Elastomers
Silicone rubbers
Cyanoacrylate quick-drying adhesive as

dosage pen

• Basis: ethyl
• Dosage pen with screw cap enables accurate gluing with the right dosage
• Medium viscosity
• Fast-curing standard type
646F297=GB Adhesives, putties, Technical data

poster Article number Net contents Colour

Elastomers
Silicones
Impresil kit with case

• For producing flexible and clean impressions

• Can be used for taking impressions and correcting trial fittings on the patient in many
areas, including finger prostheses, partial hand prostheses, scar compression masks and
gloves, forefoot prostheses, transfemoral and transtibial prostheses, liners as well as
orthoses
• Enables taking a highly detailed impression of the area in question
• Does not adhere to skin and hair, therefore easy to demould
• Unlike plaster bandages, does not leave residues on the skin
• Can be finished
• Can be sanded
• Saves time and material
Information material • Refillable
647G363 642V15=1/87A5 Impresil • No irritants or allergens, therefore suitable for use on unbroken skin (no open wounds)
Technical data
642V15=1 30° Shore A 1 dispenser, 5 cartridges, 75 ml each (component A and
component B), 20 static mixers
Practical recommendation 642V15

• To prevent the material from dripping, apply a maximum of 5 mm to vertical surfaces during
each process step.
• The processing time can be extended by cool storage.
Processing and usage examples for 642V15
ompensation of shape and volume differ-

C ompensation of shape and volume differ-
C For taking impressions on the patient, e.g.
ences in the trial phase of scar compression ences in the trial phase of prosthetic partial hand/forefoot prostheses.
fittings. sockets for the upper and lower limbs and
in orthotics.

Elastomers
Silicones
Impresil refill set

Technical data
87A5 5 cartridges, 75 ml each (component A and component B),
10 static mixers
647G363 642V15=1/87A5 Impresil
Refill pack: Impresil static mixer

5
Technical data
647G363 642V15=1/87A5 Impresil

Elastomers
Silicones
Pastasil
• For impressions on the patient, for copying models and fabricating trial prostheses
• Two-component RTV silicone material
• Medical grade silicone
• Fast-curing, processing time 2-5 minutes depending on room temperature
• Easy to sand
• Subsequent application on cured Pastasil is possible
Technical data
Mixing ratio Article number Shore hardness Net contents Colour Packaging
Component A Component B 85H11=1 35° Shore A 2 × 0.5 kg Beige 2 plastic containers
1 1 85H11=5 35° Shore A 2 × 2.5 kg Beige 2 plastic containers
Processing and usage examples for 85H11
efore processing 85H11 Pastasil, thor-

B tretch and fold both Pastasil components
S Apply the mixed Pastasil in the corre-
oughly wash and dry hands. Using protec- between the fingers several times until the sponding places. Roughen these areas
tive gloves can impair the vulcanisation two components form a mass of uniform in advance and clean thoroughly with
of silicones. Weigh Pastasil (equal parts of colour. 634A58 isopropyl alcohol.
component A and B).

Elastomers
Silicones
Chlorosil/Chlorosil catalyst
• For fabricating compression gloves, liners and other elastic fittings

• HTV silicone
• Components A + B (as a set)
• Rollable
• Heat-resistant
• High robustness of the hardened material
• Subsequent combination of Pastasil and Chlorosil is possible
Mixing ratio
Technical data
Article number Shore hardness Net contents
Component A Component B
85P11=2 20° Shore A 2 × 1 kg
1 1
85P11=9.6 20° Shore A 2 × 4.8 kg

Both materials must be carefully weighed and mixed with each other. The resulting mass is
5
repeatedly rolled in a silicone roller until a high level of intermixture has been reached. At the
same time the roller gap is used to determine the thickness of the material.
• For fabricating forefoot prostheses, finger and partial hand prostheses and cosmetic
covers
• HTV silicone
• Rollable
• Heat-resistant

Mixing ratio
Technical data
1 1
85P21=2 35° Shore A 2 × 1 kg
85P21=9.6 35° Shore A 2 × 4.8 kg


Elastomers
Silicones
• For fabricating orthoses and scar treatment aids as well as reinforcements

• HTV silicone
• Rollable
• Heat-resistant
Mixing ratio
Technical data
85P31=2 65° Shore A 2 × 1 kg
1 1
85P31=9.6 65° Shore A 2 × 4.8 kg

BetaSil kit with case

• For customising a standard liner made of silicone

• For fabricating silicone pads
• Bonds with other silicones (85H11 Pastasil or 85P31 Chlorosil) and adheres to other
plastics, provided these have a rough surface
• Two-component silicone
• Ready to use
• Curing time is about 5 minutes so that sufficient processing time remains even on
elaborate casts
647G637=1 616S5/616S6 BetaSil

Technical data
616S5=1 10° Shore A 1 dispenser,

3 cartridges (component A and component B),
15 static mixers

Elastomers
Silicones
Processing and usage examples for 616S5
einforce the socket as usual, only leave

R pply 85H11 Pastasil dummy in the desig-
A Remove the Pastasil dummy, cut the recess
out the area in question and reinforce with nated location. After curing, trim, sand and free and sand the socket brim. Position the
616G26=150 polyester knit fabric, and roughen on the outside. Also roughen the socket on the plaster model or duplicating
laminate. first cast and clean with 634A58 isopropyl foam. Fill the resulting pocket with 616S5
alcohol. Position the Pastasil dummy and BetaSil from the distal side to the prox-
reinforce and over-laminate in the usual imal side, by introducing the static mixer
manner. into the pocket at the beginning all the
way to the lower end of the pocket. After
vulcanisation of the BetaSil insert, sand it
and position it at the intended point in the 5
socket.
BetaSil refill set

Technical data
616S6=1 3 cartridges (component A and component B),
15 static mixers
647G637=1 616S5/616S6 BetaSil

Elastomers
Silicones
Refill pack: BetaSil static mixer

Technical data
647G637=1 616S5/616S6 BetaSil
Kun Gel components A + B as a set

• For fabricating end bearing cushions and soft pads

• 0.5 l of component A and 0.5 l of component B (as a set)
• Silicone gels with very soft properties
Technical data
85H31 1l
Mixing ratio
1 1
Mixing block
• Block made of plasticised cardboard

• 150 mm x 210 mm
Technical data
Article number Weight Order unit
89M2 0.24 kg Piece

Elastomers
Silicones
Nylon stockinette

• Polyamide
Technical data
81A1=8 101.5 m 8 cm 1 kg
81A1=10 84.6 m 10 cm 1 kg
81A1=12 67.8 m 12 cm 1 kg
5
81A1=15 52.5 m 15 cm 1 kg
81A1=20 48 m 20 cm 1 kg


Elastomers
Silicones
Fibersil
• For the three-dimensional colouring of silicones

• Coloured viscose fibres
• Intensive colours
Technical data
87Z1 75 g White
87Z2 75 g Dark red
87Z3 75 g Yellow
87Z4 75 g Blue
87Z5 75 g Red
87Z6 75 g Black
87Z7 75 g Brown
Pigmisil
• For opaque colouring of silicones

• Pasty pigments
• Improved temperature stability
• Less sedimentation
• Intensive colours
Technical data
85Z1 25 g White
85Z2 25 g Beige
85Z3 25 g Yellow
85Z4 25 g Blue
85Z5 25 g Red
85Z6 25 g Black
85Z7 25 g Rust brown
85Z8 25 g Buffalo brown

Elastomers
Silicones
Heptane
• Solvent for silicones

• For surface-etching unvulcanised Chlorosil 65° Shore A
• For cleaning

Technical data
83A2 0.25 l
Silicone remover
• For cleaning, degreasing and reliable removal of traces of silicone

• For cleaning rollers, work surfaces and tools
• Highly effective cleaning agent
5
Technical data
83A4 1l
Silicone primer
• Surface treatment for combination between silicones and other materials (plastic, metal)
• Good adhesion to the substrate
• Very good promotion of adhesion

Technical data
83L1 50 ml

Elastomers
Silicones
Acrymed Poly
• For fabricating fingernails and toenails

• For fabricating substructures for maxillofacial prostheses
• For use with 84P1 Acrymed Mono
• Transparent acrylic powder
Technical data
84A1 75 g
Acrymed Mono
• For use with 84A1 Acrymed Poly

• Clear liquid acrylic monomer

Technical data
84P1 50 ml
ҏҏ The mixing ratio depends on the field of application.
Acryform Poly
• For fabricating moulded parts and placeholders

• For use with 84P3 Acryform Mono
• White acrylic powder
• Non-sticky and ready for processing immediately
• Mixing time 20-25 seconds
Technical data
84A3 75 g

Elastomers
Silicones
Acryform Mono
• For use with 84A3 Acryform Poly

• For the production of ductile acrylic moulding material
• Clear liquid acrylic monomer

Technical data
84P3 50 ml
ҏҏ The mixing ratio depends on the field of application.

Putties, adhesives,
adhesive tapes and
varnishes

The range of adhesives for use in orthopaedic tech-
nology has become so varied that it has become quite
difficult for technicians to make the right choice of
adhesives for their working methods and applica-
tion. Take advantage of our experience and expertise
in the use of adhesives.
Modern adhesives result in a considerable quality

improvement, especially in regards to the adhesive
binding. Various characteristics can be achieved
depending on the composition of the raw materials.
In order to bond the greatest possible range of mate-
rials, Ottobock offers a large number of adhesives for
all types of applications.

Putties, adhesives, adhesive tapes and varnishes
Plastic putties
Orthocryl putty
• For fixing and filling a variety of materials

• For embedding bars in wood and plastic sockets
• In conjunction with 617P14 hardener paste
• Basis: solution of polyester resin in methyl methacrylate
• Easy to sand
• Rapid curing
• Good elasticity

Mixing ratio Technical data

Orthocryl putty 636K7 Hardener paste 617P14 Article number Net contents Colour
100 3 636K7=1 1 kg Grey
poster
Akemi fast curing putty


• For embedding bars in wood and plastic sockets
• Basis: unsaturated polyester resins dissolved in styrene
• Rapid curing
• Good adhesion
• Good elasticity

Mixing ratio Technical data

Akemi fast curing putty Hardener paste 617P14 Article number Net contents
636K9 636K9=1 1 kg
100 3
poster

Plastic putties
Lightweight putty

• Especially well suited for narrowing sockets made of wood and synthetic materials
• Can be readily combined with all common materials in orthopaedic technology, e.g.
wood, lamination resin, plastic
• Basis: unsaturated polyester resins dissolved in styrene with special lightweight fillers
• Very low density
• Easy to sand
• Rapid curing
• Good adhesion
Mixing ratio
Lightweight putty 636K17 Hardener paste 617P14

100 3

varnishes and thinners Article number Net contents
poster
636K17=0.960 0.96 kg
636K17=1.940 1.94 kg
Hardener paste
• For Orthocryl resins 6

• Thixotrope
• Mixes well

Technical data
100 3 617P14=0.150 0.15 kg
617P14=0.500 0.5 kg

Adhesives
Spray adhesive for joints that can be

disassembled
• Can be repositioned
• Glued joints can be separated with thin adhesive application on one side only (perma-
nent glued joint when application is heavy and/or on both sides)
• UV resistant
• No discolouration or curling, does not bleed through
• Thin, evenly distributed adhesive application
• High yield [about 13 sqm]

636K40 500 ml Clear
Spray adhesive for permanent joints

• Versatile, high-yielding adhesive

• Fast processing
• Thin, evenly distributed adhesive application on one or both sides
• Adjustable spray widths
• Even, fine spray pattern with good resistance to water and ageing

Technical data
Information material 636K41 500 ml Beige

poster

Adhesives
Contact adhesive
• For adhering flexible materials

• Especially for bonding profiled rubber, wooden materials, laminated boards, veneer and
plastic edges, rubber, leather, felt, fabric, cork, flexible foam, hard PVC, metal and
ceramics
• The proven classic for the workshop
• Not suitable for Styrofoam and soft PVC
• Base: methyl acetate
• Short drying time
• Temperature-resistant to approx. 100 °C

poster

product information
Technical data
Practical recommendation 636N9

• Stir before use. The surfaces/components that are to be adhered to one another must be dry
and free of dust, oil and grease.
• We recommend roughening the surface of rubber, thermosets and similar materials.
6
• Apply contact adhesive to both surfaces that are to be bonded. After a drying time of
5–20 minutes (depending on the thickness of the adhesive and the temperature), press the
parts together briefly and firmly.
• Contact adhesive may not be stored below +10 °C or above +25 °C. The containers must
be protected from direct sunlight and heat. When kept in a cool, dry place, the unopened
original containers can be stored for at least 1 year.
Thinner for 636N9 contact adhesive

• For thinning and as a cleaning agent for 636N9 contact adhesive

Technical data
634A6 0.8 kg

Adhesives
CP contact adhesive
• For flexible bonding, especially in orthopaedic technology

• Basis: polychloroprene, collophonium
• Toluene-free
• Bonds common materials in orthopaedic technology
• Bonded joints are more flexible than with 636W72 CR contact adhesive
• Also suitable as a two-component system to increase resistance to thermal distortion

Technical data
646F297=GB Adhesives, putties, Article number Net contents
varnishes and thinners 636W71=4 4 kg
poster
Practical recommendation 636W71

• Lightly sand or roughen the materials; the surface must be free of grease and parting
agents.
• Heavily brush the materials so a strong adhesive film can form.
• The drying process can be accelerated with heat.
• Depending on the material combination, the drying time is 10 – 60 minutes.
• After joining and pressing together the components, let them rest for a few hours.
CR contact adhesive
• For bonding, especially in orthopaedic footwear specialism and for industrial use
• Contact adhesive for leather, EVA, PUR, foams, wood
• Basis: polychloroprene
• Toluene-free
• Also suitable as a two-component system to increase resistance to thermal distortion
• Processing in large series is possible due to long drying time

Technical data
636W72=4 4 kg Transparent

• Similar to 636W71 CP contact adhesive, however, thin foams should be wiped with 634A71
universal thinner.
• Depending on the material combination, the drying time is 15 – 120 minutes.

Adhesives
Thinner for CP/CR contact adhesive

• For thinning CP/CR contact adhesive

• Universal thinner
• For cleaning, e.g. application devices, brushes etc.
• Optimum control of the viscosity of contact adhesives
• Strongly penetrating solvent
• Good mixing behaviour

Technical data
634A71=0.8 0.8 kg
634A71=4 4 kg
Universal adhesive
• For inflexible bonded joints

• For use with the contact adhesion method for closed-cell materials
• Developed especially for orthopaedics and footwear specialism
• Basis: cellulose
Resistant to water and perspiration
6
•

Technical data
Information material Article number Net contents Colour
646F297=GB Adhesives, putties, 636W1=4.540 4.54 kg Transparent

poster

Adhesives
Thinner and solvent


Technical data
634A1=0.950 0.95 kg
634A1=5 5 kg
634A1=10 10 kg
PUR foam adhesive

• For bonding PUR foams, PUR-EVA bonds and other materials (e.g. connection caps for
prosthetic feet, foam connecting caps)
• Ready for spraying
• Highly elastic

Technical data
636W58 0.65 kg Transparent
646T7=4.8GB SuperSkin technical Practical recommendation 636W58
information Please apply thinly.

Adhesives
Plastic adhesive
• For extremely robust and also flexible bonding

• In combination with 636W26 cross-linking agent for waterproof bonding of wood, felt,
cork, Pedilen, Pedilan and lamination resins with and among each other
• Base: polyurethane synthetic solution
• Heat-resistant to 120 °C when used with 5% 636W26 cross-linking agent
• Heat activation possible (+80 °C)

Technical data
poster

• Roughen and remove sanding dust from the bonding surfaces before applying adhesive. Stir
the adhesive well before applying. Apply to both bonding surfaces and allow to evaporate for
about 5 to 8 minutes. Set bonding surfaces against each other (a distinct fastening torque
has to be felt) press for about 15 minutes.
• To stiffen foam covers, thin the adhesive with 634A20 thinner for 636W17 plastic adhesive
until it is easy to spread with a brush, and use a fine brush to apply it on the foam. Clean
equipment with 634A23 thinner.
Cross-linking agent 6
• For cross-linking 636W17 plastic adhesive

• Short reaction time

Technical data
636W26=0.750 0.75 kg
Mixing ratio
Plastic adhesive 636W17 Cross-linking agent

636W26
100 approx. 4

Adhesives
Thinner for 636W17 plastic adhesive

• Thinner for 636W17 plastic adhesive

Flam. Liq. 2,
Eye Irrit. 2,
drowsiness STOT SE 3
Technical data
634A20 0.8 kg
Thinner
• For washing PUR and PVC materials

Technical data
634A23=0.800 0.8 kg
Contact adhesive
• For flexible bonding

• Heat resistant up to +120 °C
• Easy to spread
• Free of aromatic solvents

Technical data
varnishes and thinners 636W45 0.65 kg Yellowish transparent
poster

Adhesives
Thinner for 636W45 contact adhesive

• For thinning and as a cleaning agent for 636W45 contact adhesive

Technical data
634A59 1l
Neoprene® adhesive
• For bonding, especially Neopren® and many textiles

• Fast acting adhesive
• Sprayable when thinned

Technical data 6
Information material 636W65=0.800 0.8 kg Brown
646F297=GB Adhesives, putties, 636W65=3.800 3.8 kg Brown

poster
Thinner for 636W65 Neoprene® adhesive

• For thinning and as a cleaning agent for 636W65 Neopren® adhesive

Technical data
634A67=0.700 0.7 kg

Adhesives
Orthocryl sealing resin compact adhesive

• For bonding e.g. wood, plastics, leather

• In conjunction with 617P14 hardener paste or 617P37 hardener powder
• Basis: solution of an acrylic polymer in methacrylic esters
• Thixotrope

Technical data
636K18 1 kg Transparent
646F297=GB Adhesives, putties, Practical recommendation 636K18
varnishes and thinners Recommended for parting components prior to laminating.
poster
Hardener paste
• For Orthocryl resins

• Thixotrope
• Mixes well

Technical data
100 3 617P14=0.150 0.15 kg
617P14=0.500 0.5 kg

Adhesives
UHU hard
• Fast-drying solvent borne adhesive

• Good adhesion on balsa, wood and wooden materials, also in combination with metals
and other siliceous materials, and on many plastics
• Basis: nitrocellulose
• Low stringing tendency during processing
• Rapid setting of the bonded joint
• Soluble with 634A3 acetone

Technical data
636W22 35 ml Clear
UHU Plus glue

• For strong bonded joints

• Two-component adhesive
• Basis: epoxy resin (binder), aliphatic amines (hardener)
• Varying the amount of hardener results in a harder or softer end product (normal mixing
ratio 1:1 by volume, that is strands of equal length from the tubes)
Also hardens under the exclusion of air
6
•
Technical data
636W23 18 g binder and 15 g hardener Honey coloured
poster Components
636W23 Uhu Plus bonding agent

636W23 Uhu Plus hardener


•The higher the curing temperature (up to approximately +180 °C), the higher the strength of
the adhesion.

Adhesives
Special adhesive cartridge A and B

• For adhering foot adapters

• For adhering metal to wood
• For gluing unilateral bar systems and E-MAG knee joints
• Base: epoxy resin and pigments (A), polyaminoamide (B)
• Dispensing gun for 636W28=0.050 special adhesive cartridge A and B, available under
756K30 (not required for 636W28 special adhesive cartridge A and B)

Technical data
Article image Article number Net contents Package contents
636W28 12.5 ml adhesive and 1 cartridge,
12.5 ml hardener 1 plunger and
5 static mixers
636W28=0.050 25 ml adhesive and 25 ml 1 cartridge and

hardener 5 static mixers
Dispensing gun for special adhesive cartridge

A and B
• For 636W28=0.050 special adhesive cartridge A and B (not required for 636W28 special
adhesive cartridge A and B)
Technical data
756K30 1 dispensing gun

Adhesives
Special adhesive
• For adhering metal to wood

• Especially for unilateral bar systems and E-MAG knee joints
• Base: epoxy resin and pigments (A), polyaminoamide (B)
• Highest strength values when cured between 40–120° C
• In conjunction with 636W19 hardener
• Solvent-free

Technical data
646F297=GB Adhesives, putties, varnishes and Article number Net contents Packaging
thinners poster 636W18 0.1 kg Tube
Hardener
• For 636W18 special adhesive

• Good full curing
6
Technical data
636W19 0.1 kg Tube
Mixing ratio
Special adhesive 636W18 Hardener 636W19

100 70
Bonding agent

Technical data

Information material •During processing, a thin skin will form on the surface of the adhesive after one minute. Any
646A174=GB Prepreg technology product shaping of the silicone adhesive must be completed before this skin starts to form. A wetted
information modelling instrument or an ice cube have proven useful in shaping transitions.
647H23 617H46 bonding agent instructions
for use
Adhesives
Cyamet quick-drying adhesive (superglue)


• For bonding silicone rubber with acrylic resin laminates
• Basis: ethyl
• Short curing time
• Moisture speeds up curing
• High mechanical strength

Technical data
poster
Cyanoacrylate quick-drying adhesive as

dosage pen

• Basis: ethyl
• Dosage pen with screw cap enables accurate gluing with the right dosage
• Medium viscosity
• Fast-curing standard type


Adhesives
Loctite® 3090

• Excellent adhesive characteristics on many different materials (e.g. metal, PVC, ABS, PC,
PBT, rubber, wood, paper, cardboard, leather and textiles)
• For filling large gaps up to 5 mm
• Innovative two-component technology
• Activator enables maximum control of the curing speed, so that curing is independent of
the temperature, humidity etc.
• Rapid curing
• Viscosity is a gel consistency and therefore thixotropic
• Makes work faster, easier and more effective
• Practical syringe packaging enables precise and clean application
• Static mixers ensure a controlled mixing ratio
Technical data
Article number Net contents Package contents Colour
636K44 10 g 1 cartridge, 1 plunger, Clear
7 static mixers
Components
636K44 Loctite® 3090 part A
636K44 Loctite® 3090 part B

6
Practical recommendation 636K44
• Processing time 90 – 180 sec.
• Functional strength 2 – 4 min.
• Initial strength 3 – 5 min.
• Final strength 24 h
• Temperature stability -20 °C to +80 °C  (short-term up to +100 °C)
• Discard the first 2 – 3 drops from the mixer.
• Hold the joined components in position until they are secured.
• The adhesive develops intense heat briefly while curing.
Loctite® is a registered trademark of Loctite.

Adhesives
SuperGlue
• For gluing metals, duroplastics and thermoplastics

• 2-component adhesive based on methyl methacrylate with very high adhesive strength
• Primerless gluing
• Fast gluing, for example of socket adapters
• Processing time: 4 to 7 minutes
• Curing time: approx. 15 minutes
• Gel/highly viscous
• Fills gaps from 0.5 to 12 mm
• High tensile strength along with excellent peel strength
• High temperature resistance
• Lasting strength and flexibility
• Dispensing gun for 636K49 SuperGlue available under 756K31 (not required for
Information material 636K49=0.010 SuperGlue)
646D1466=EN_MASTER 636K49 SuperGlue • Refill pack for 636K49 SuperGlue with 20 static mixers available under 756Y76
product brief
Technical data
Article image Article number Net contents Package contents Colour
636K49=0.010 10 ml 1 cartridge with Black
tappet and
2 static mixers
636K49 50 ml 1 cartridge and Black

6 static mixers
Components
636K49 SuperGlue Part A

636K49 SuperGlue Part B

• To improve the hold of the bond, first bend the anchor arms in such a way that they lie as
closely against the socket as possible. Then remove any grease with 634A58 isopropyl
alcohol.
• Clean the socket with 634A58 isopropyl alcohol as well.
• Loosen the screw on the anchor before gluing, otherwise the adapter thread connection may
become stuck after gluing.
• Re-tighten the loosened screw with the corresponding Nm for the relevant adapter prior to
the fitting.

Adhesives
SuperGlue dispensing gun

• For 636K49 SuperGlue (not required for 636K49=0.010 SuperGlue)
Technical data
756K31 1 dispensing gun
SuperGlue refill pack static mixer

• For 636K49 SuperGlue (not compatible with 636K49=0.010 SuperGlue)
Technical data

Adhesives
Loctite® 241
• As thread lock up to M12 thread

• Medium strength
• Easy dosing
• Anaerobic curing adhesive
Technical data
636K13 50 ml Blue

Can be activated and loosened by applying heat.
Loctite® 601

• High strength
• Easy dosing
Technical data
636K14 50 ml Green


Adhesives
Loctite® 245

• Medium strength
• Easy dosing
Technical data
636K12 50 ml

Loctite® 242
• As thread lock for the Electric Hand up to M36 thread

• Medium strength
• Easy dosing
6

Technical data
636W46 10 ml


Adhesives
Loctite® 243
• As thread lock for the Electric Hand up to M36 thread

• Also cures on brass
• Medium strength
• Easy dosing
• High temperature and oil resistance
Technical data
636W60 50 ml


Adhesive tapes
Plastaband
• For sealing, filling and protection in conjunction with lamination technique

• Ideal for isolating e.g. orthotic joints while laminating
• Base: synthetic rubber
• Easy to remove from mould
Technical data
636K8=20X2X10 10 m 20 mm 2 mm Grey
Processing and usage examples for 636K8
ut 636K8 Plastaband to the required

C etach the blue separating film from the
D Isolate the corresponding areas of the 6
length. Plastaband and pre-form the Plastaband. objects that will be included in the lami-
nate (e.g. screw heads, bare threads, joint
surfaces) using the pre-formed Plastaband.

Adhesive tapes
Vacuum sealing tape


Technical data
product information
Neoprene® cell rubber tape

• For sealing, isolating, vacuum forming and foaming

• Base material: foam
• Rubber adhesive
• Good resistance e.g. to oil and grease
• High-quality sealant against water
Technical data
Article number Length Width Thickness Colour Order unit

Adhesive tapes
Double-sided PVC adhesive tape

• For double-sided bonding of PVC films

• Application of reinforcement materials such as carbon
• Without base material
• Transparent (covered with greaseproof paper)
• Conforms to contours extremely well
• Highly effective with low material usage
Technical data
Check that the weft thread of the 616G12 ull the woven carbon fibre straight to such
P osition the tailored carbon fibre sections
P
resulting mesh loop and cut through the
middle of the woven carbon fibre along
the adhesive tape. After these prepara-
tions have been completed, tailored carbon
fibre sections can be made that have a 90°
alignment between the warp and the weft.
In this way the carbon fibres are not only
aligned in accordance with the arising
forces, they can also absorb these opti-
mally.

Adhesive tapes


• High elasticity
Technical data
Apply 627B40 polyethylene adhesive tape

around the areas that are to be opened
after laminating; while doing so, excessive
resin in these areas can be reduced with the
pre-tensioned adhesive tape. With a given
pre-tensioning, the adhesive tape can be
twisted to a cord so that excess resin can
also be reduced in areas that are difficult to
access.

Adhesive tapes


• Rubber adhesive
• Good resistance to chemicals
Technical data
PVC adhesive tape (Coroplast)

• For taping off PVC films

• Base material: soft PVC film
• Thermally stable 6
Technical data
616F8 10 m 50 mm Transparent Roll

Adhesive tapes


Technical data


Technical data
product information

Adhesive tapes
Fibreglass grid adhesive tape

• Partial reinforcement of vacuum sheeting

• Venting aid
• Non-elastic fibreglass weave
• Self-adhesive on both sides
Technical data
Article number Length Width Weight per unit Colour
Information material area
646A174=GB Prepreg technology 627B3=50 100 m 50 mm 55 g/m² White
product information
Linen adhesive tape

• For sealing, closing and reinforcing with the lamination technique

• Base material: open weave
• Rubber adhesive
• High tear resistance
6
Technical data

Subsequent inscription on 627B1 linen adhesive tape is possible, so that it is suitable for
labelling.

Adhesive tapes
Monofilament adhesive tape

• For securing prosthetic sockets

• Fibreglass-reinforced PP adhesive tape
• Rubber adhesive
• Extremely high resistance to tearing
Technical data
Crepe adhesive tape

• For taping off specific areas in order to isolate them during coating and isolation tasks,
e.g. SuperSkin
• For temporary fixation
• Base material: special paper
• Rubber adhesive
• Good adhesion on various surfaces
• Easy to tear by hand
• Markable
Technical data

Adhesive tapes



Technical data

C osition precut adhesive tape in the corre-
(here the inner socket and the frame) sponding locations and press into place. socket. Compress the inner socket and
tions being bonded.

Cleaners/thinners
Isopropyl alcohol
• For cleaning sensitive plastics such as PVC, PS and acrylic

• Cleaning agent, among other things for Ottobock prosthetic gloves and for degreasing
• For removing permanent markings
• Basis: dimethyl carbinol, 2-hydroxypropane, 2-propanol
• Chemically pure

Flam. Liq. 2,
Eye Irrit. 2,
Technical data
poster 634A58 1l Transparent
Acetone
• Universally applicable, e.g. for thinning and as a cleaning agent

• Basis: acetone, dimethyl ketone
• Chemically pure
• Highly volatile
• Good degreasing properties

Flam. Liq. 2,
Eye Irrit. 2,
Technical data
poster 634A3=0.700 0.7 kg Transparent
634A3=4.200 4.2 kg Transparent
634A3=8.400 8.4 kg Transparent
634A3=20 20 kg Transparent

Varnishes
Special varnish
• Interior and exterior socket varnish

• Coating parchmentised prostheses and other wood and metal components
• Basis: cellulose

Technical data
635L2=2.225 2.225 kg Transparent
Information material 635L2=11.150 11.15 kg Transparent
poster
Thinner for 635L2 special varnish

• For thinning and as a cleaning agent for 635L2 special varnish

Technical data 6
634A31=0.800 0.8 kg
634A31=4 4 kg
Socket interior varnish

• Socket interior varnish

• For wood and lamination resin sockets
• Basis: acrylic

Technical data
635L8 0.98 kg Transparent
poster

Varnishes
Orthocryl varnish

• High quality 1-component acrylic-based topcoat for metals, wood and various plastics
• For varnishing sanded laminate surfaces
• Base: synthetic adhesive agent and solvent
• Resistant to touch after approx. 1 hour and fully cured after approx. 24 hours

Technical data
varnishes and thinners 635L12 0.95 kg Transparent
poster
Thinner and solvent


Technical data
634A1=0.950 0.95 kg
634A1=5 5 kg
634A1=10 10 kg

Varnishes
Orthocryl varnish

• For smoothing and touching up sanded laminate
• To obtain a glossy surface
• Basis: toluene-acetone-xylene solvent mixture
• CFC-free spray can

Technical data
Information material 635L14 0.4 l Transparent

poster
Spray varnish

• For coating sanded laminates
• For a matte, natural painted surface
• Pigment binding agent spray varnish
6

Technical data
Information material 635L13 0.4 l Beige

poster

Varnishes
Spray varnish

• For coating sanded laminates
• For a matte, natural painted surface
• Pigment binding agent spray varnish

Technical data
Information material 635L16 0.4 l Dark brown

poster

Notes

Padding

For prosthesis and orthosis fabrication, we offer
padding materials of various Shore hardnesses
and degrees of damping. Padding materials are
usually based on polyethylene (e.g. Pedilin, Plasta-
zote®), copolymers of polyethylene such as EVA (e.g.
Evazote®) or polyurethane (e.g. PPT).
Thermoplastic PE and EVA foams are the materials

of choice and are versatile in application. Pedilin can
be used to manufacture soft sockets in prosthesis
fabrication and as padding in classic orthosis fabri-
cation. Plastazote® is primarily used for the fabrica-
tion of body jackets and positioning orthoses.
Our ComforTex product line is valued in orthosis

fabrication for its padding properties. ComforTex is
available in soft, smooth, grippy and air versions,
and is very comfortable for the user to wear.

Padding
Skinguard padding
Padding materials sample kit

• For the visual and haptic demonstration of the various padding materials
• Aids in selecting the corresponding padding materials
Technical data
Article number
646M2
Pedilin SilverShield®
• Highly recommended for fabricating soft sockets and as a padding material for prosthetic
sockets
• The proven classic material for soft sockets
• 617S203=10 is suitable for fabricating redression helmets
• PE foam, closed-cell
• Hardness approx. Shore A 35 (proven Shore hardness for fabricating soft sockets)
• Density: approx. 140 kg/m³
• High resilience
• Good adhesive characteristics
Information material • Washable
646F295=EN_INT Padding materials poster • Temperature recommendation: 130 °C (convection oven, infrared oven)
materials product
information
patient information
Technical data

617S203=3 1050 mm 1050 mm 3 mm Beige
617S203=4 1050 mm 1050 mm 4 mm Beige
Product example
617S203=5 1050 mm 1050 mm 5 mm Beige
617S203=6 1050 mm 1050 mm 6 mm Beige
617S203=10 1050 mm 1050 mm 10 mm Beige
SilverShield® is a registered trademark of North Sea Plastics.

Padding
Padding
Pedilin
sockets
• The proven classic material for soft sockets
• Also available with antibacterial effect (617S203)
• High resilience
• Washable
646F295=EN_INT Padding materials poster
646D119=GB Antibacterial SKINGUARD Technical data
materials product Article image Article number Length Width Thickness Colour
information
617S3=H2 1000 mm 1000 mm 2 mm Beige
patient information 617S3=H3 1000 mm 1000 mm 3 mm Beige
617S3=H4 1000 mm 1000 mm 4 mm Beige
617S3=H5 1000 mm 1000 mm 5 mm Beige
617S3=H6 1000 mm 1000 mm 6 mm Beige
617S3=H7 1000 mm 1000 mm 7 mm Beige
617S3=H8 1000 mm 1000 mm 8 mm Beige
617S3=H10 1000 mm 1000 mm 10 mm Beige
617S3=W2 1000 mm 1000 mm 2 mm White
617S3=W3 1000 mm 1000 mm 3 mm White
617S3=W4 1000 mm 1000 mm 4 mm White
617S3=W5 1000 mm 1000 mm 5 mm White
617S3=W6 1000 mm 1000 mm 6 mm White
617S3=W7 1000 mm 1000 mm 7 mm White
617S3=W8 1000 mm 1000 mm 8 mm White
617S3=W10 1000 mm 1000 mm 10 mm White
7

Padding
Padding
Pedilin, perforated
sockets
• Perforated
• High resilience

646F295=EN_INT Padding materials poster Article image Article number Length Width Thickness Colour
617S6=H3 1000 mm 1000 mm 3 mm Beige
617S6=H4 1000 mm 1000 mm 4 mm Beige
617S6=H5 1000 mm 1000 mm 5 mm Beige
617S6=H6 1000 mm 1000 mm 6 mm Beige
617S6=W3 1000 mm 1000 mm 3 mm White

617S6=W4 1000 mm 1000 mm 4 mm White
617S6=W5 1000 mm 1000 mm 5 mm White
617S6=W6 1000 mm 1000 mm 6 mm White
Pedilin cone for soft socket

• Prefabricated cones made of Pedilin, for fabricating soft sockets

• Three different circumferences available
• Cones with precise and stable bonded edge
• Thermoforming is possible immediately
• Saves gluing and sanding work
• Good shape retention
• Hygienic
• Washable
• Temperature recommendation: 130 °C (convection oven)
Technical data
Article number Circumference 1 Circumference 2 Height Thickness
6T2=1 420 mm 200 mm 420 mm 5 mm
6T2=2 455 mm 260 mm 420 mm 5 mm
6T2=3 515 mm 295 mm 420 mm 5 mm

Padding
Padding
Plastazote®
• Highly recommended for the padding of orthoses

• Hardness approx. Shore A 15-20
• Low density: approx. 45 kg/m³
• Good resilience
• Good bonding and welding characteristics
• Weldable with PE
Technical data
617S7=2 1000 mm 1000 mm 2 mm Beige
617S7=3 1000 mm 1000 mm 3 mm Beige
617S7=4 1000 mm 1000 mm 4 mm Beige
617S7=5 1000 mm 1000 mm 5 mm Beige
617S7=6 1000 mm 1000 mm 6 mm Beige
617S7=7 1000 mm 1000 mm 7 mm Beige
617S7=8 1000 mm 1000 mm 8 mm Beige
617S7=10 1000 mm 1000 mm 10 mm Beige
617S7=12 1000 mm 1000 mm 12 mm Beige
617S7=15 1000 mm 1000 mm 15 mm Beige
617S7=18 1000 mm 1000 mm 18 mm Beige
617S7=20 1000 mm 1000 mm 20 mm Beige
617S7=25 1000 mm 1000 mm 25 mm Beige

Padding
Padding
Plastazote®, perforated
Reference number 617S*
• Highly recommended for the padding of orthoses

• Various colours available
• Perforated
• Good resilience
• Good bonding and welding characteristics
• Weldable with PE
• Washable
Technical data
617S8=2 1000 mm 1000 mm 2 mm Beige
617S8=3 1000 mm 1000 mm 3 mm Beige
617S8=4 1000 mm 1000 mm 4 mm Beige
617S8=5 1000 mm 1000 mm 5 mm Beige
617S8=6 1000 mm 1000 mm 6 mm Beige
617S8=8 1000 mm 1000 mm 8 mm Beige
617S8=10 1000 mm 1000 mm 10 mm Beige
617S8=12 1000 mm 1000 mm 12 mm Beige
617S8=15 1000 mm 1000 mm 15 mm Beige
617S8=18 1000 mm 1000 mm 18 mm Beige
617S8=20 1000 mm 1000 mm 20 mm Beige
617S8=25 1000 mm 1000 mm 25 mm Beige
617S17=3 1000 mm 1000 mm 3 mm Blue
617S17=4 1000 mm 1000 mm 4 mm Blue
617S17=5 1000 mm 1000 mm 5 mm Blue
617S17=6 1000 mm 1000 mm 6 mm Blue
617S17=8 1000 mm 1000 mm 8 mm Blue
617S17=10 1000 mm 1000 mm 10 mm Blue
617S17=12 1000 mm 1000 mm 12 mm Blue
617S17=25 1000 mm 1000 mm 25 mm Blue
617S18=3 1000 mm 1000 mm 3 mm Red
617S18=4 1000 mm 1000 mm 4 mm Red
617S18=5 1000 mm 1000 mm 5 mm Red
617S18=6 1000 mm 1000 mm 6 mm Red
617S18=10 1000 mm 1000 mm 10 mm Red
617S18=12 1000 mm 1000 mm 12 mm Red
617S21=3 1000 mm 1000 mm 3 mm White
617S21=4 1000 mm 1000 mm 4 mm White
617S21=6 1000 mm 1000 mm 6 mm White

Padding
Padding
Evazote®
• For the padding of AFOs, KAFOs and body jackets

• For the padding of seating shells in rehabilitation
• EVA copolymer, closed-cell
• Elastic
• High resilience
• Washable
646F295=EN_INT Padding materials poster Technical data
617S9=3 1000 mm 1000 mm 3 mm White
617S9=4 1000 mm 1000 mm 4 mm White
617S9=5 1000 mm 1000 mm 5 mm White
617S9=6 1000 mm 1000 mm 6 mm White
617S9=8 1000 mm 1000 mm 8 mm White
617S9=10 1000 mm 1000 mm 10 mm White
617S9=12 1000 mm 1000 mm 12 mm White
617S9=20 1000 mm 1000 mm 20 mm White
617S13=2 1000 mm 1000 mm 2 mm Blue
617S13=3 1000 mm 1000 mm 3 mm Blue
617S13=4 1000 mm 1000 mm 4 mm Blue
617S13=5 1000 mm 1000 mm 5 mm Blue
617S13=6 1000 mm 1000 mm 6 mm Blue
617S13=8 1000 mm 1000 mm 8 mm Blue
617S13=10 1000 mm 1000 mm 10 mm Blue
617S13=15 1000 mm 1000 mm 15 mm Blue
617S14=2 1000 mm 1000 mm 2 mm Red
617S14=3 1000 mm 1000 mm 3 mm Red 7
617S14=4 1000 mm 1000 mm 4 mm Red
617S14=5 1000 mm 1000 mm 5 mm Red
617S14=6 1000 mm 1000 mm 6 mm Red
Evazote® is a registered trademark of Zotefoams.

Padding
Padding
Nora® Aero sorb, medium

• Highly recommended for butterfly rolls, heel and forefoot padding, footbed adapted for
diabetes, heel spur recesses in heel spur insoles
• Light cellular rubber, closed-cell
• Hardness approx. Shore A 12; Shore A zero 26
• Delayed restoring capacity
• Washable
• Hygienic, can be disinfected
• Bedding and damping characteristics, point pressure redistribution
Product example • Shock absorbent
• Temperature recommendation: 110 °C – 130 °C (convection oven, infrared oven)
Technical data
617S174=2-2 800 mm 550 mm 2 mm Red
617S174=3-2 800 mm 550 mm 3 mm Red
617S174=4-2 800 mm 550 mm 4 mm Red
617S174=6-2 800 mm 550 mm 6 mm Red
617S174=8-2 800 mm 550 mm 8 mm Red
Nora® is a registered trademark of Freudenberg.

Padding
Padding
Nora® Aero sorb, soft

• Highly recommended for butterfly rolls, heel and forefoot padding, footbed adapted for
diabetes, heel spur recesses in heel spur insoles
• Light cellular rubber, closed-cell
• Hardness approx. shore A 8; Shore A zero 22
• Delayed restoring capacity
• Washable
• Hygienic, can be disinfected
• Bedding and damping characteristics, point pressure redistribution
Product example • Shock absorbent
Technical data
617S173=2-3 820 mm 580 mm 2 mm Green
617S173=3-3 820 mm 580 mm 3 mm Green
617S173=4-3 820 mm 580 mm 4 mm Green
617S173=6-3 820 mm 580 mm 6 mm Green
617S173=8-3 820 mm 580 mm 8 mm Green

Padding
Padding
Nora® Lunasoft SL
• Highly recommended for fabricating soft inner sockets and as a padding material for
prosthetic sockets
• Hardness approx. Shore A 40
• Good resilience
• Washable

646F295=EN_INT Padding materials poster Article image Article number Length Width Thickness Colour
617S191=H4 1140 mm 740 mm 4 mm Beige
617S191=H5 1140 mm 740 mm 5 mm Beige
617S191=H6 1140 mm 740 mm 6 mm Beige
617S191=H8 1140 mm 740 mm 8 mm Beige
617S191=H12 1140 mm 740 mm 12 mm Beige
617S191=H14 1140 mm 740 mm 14 mm Beige
617S191=H24 1140 mm 740 mm 24 mm Beige
617S191=S14 1140 mm 740 mm 14 mm Black
Nora® Lunasoft SLW

• For padding in orthotics and prosthetics

• Washable
Technical data
617S192=H4 1150 mm 750 mm 4 mm Beige
617S192=H5 1150 mm 750 mm 5 mm Beige
617S192=H6 1150 mm 750 mm 6 mm Beige
617S192=H8 1150 mm 750 mm 8 mm Beige
617S192=H12 1150 mm 750 mm 12 mm Beige

Padding
Padding
Nora® Lunatec Combi 7

• For insoles and soft sockets

• Hardness approx. Shore A 30 (beige)
• Hardness approx. Shore A 40 (grey)
• One-step processing
• No bonding required and no displacement of the various materials during processing
• High volume retention, since the material is only compressed in the required areas and a
vacuum forming process is eliminated
• Good padding characteristics
• Good thermoplastic properties
• Well suited for bonding and sanding
• Washable
Information material • Temperature recommendation: 130 °C – 150 °C (convection oven)
Technical data
617S187=7 1150 mm 800 mm 7 mm Beige grey
Nora® Lunairflex

• Highly elastic
• Good resilience
• Washable
7
Technical data
617S188=H4 1200 mm 750 mm 4 mm Beige
617S188=H5 1200 mm 750 mm 5 mm Beige
617S188=H6 1200 mm 750 mm 6 mm Beige
617S188=H8 1200 mm 750 mm 8 mm Beige
617S188=H12 1200 mm 750 mm 12 mm Beige

Padding
Padding
Nora® Lunairflex, perforated


• Perforated
• Highly elastic
• Good resilience
• Washable
Technical data
617S190=H3 1200 mm 750 mm 3 mm Beige
617S190=H6 1200 mm 750 mm 6 mm Beige
Nora® Lunairmed
• Highly recommended for the padding of foot orthoses

• Individual padding for heel spur indications
• For fitting diabetics
• Highly elastic
• Good bonding characteristics – combines well with other padding materials!
• Washable
Technical data
617S181=H3 1080 mm 825 mm 3 mm Beige
617S181=H6 1080 mm 825 mm 6 mm Beige
617S181=H8 1080 mm 825 mm 8 mm Beige
617S181=H12 1080 mm 825 mm 12 mm Beige
617S181=H24 1080 mm 825 mm 24 mm Beige

Padding
Padding
Nora® Lunairmed, perforated


• Individual padding for heel spur indications
• Perforated
• Highly elastic
• Washable
Information material • Temperature recommendation: 110 °C – 130 °C (convection oven, infrared oven)
Technical data
617S180=H3 1080 mm 825 mm 3 mm Beige
617S180=H6 1080 mm 825 mm 6 mm Beige
Nora® Lunalastik
• For padding in prosthetics and orthotics, in particular for FOs

Highly elastic
7
•
• High resilience
• Very good resistance to tearing
• Washable
Technical data
617S189=H3 1150 mm 750 mm 3 mm Beige
617S189=H4 1150 mm 750 mm 4 mm Beige
617S189=H6 1150 mm 750 mm 6 mm Beige
617S189=H8 1150 mm 750 mm 8 mm Beige

Padding
Padding
Dynoform

• For fabricating soft inner sockets
• Resilient
• Non-shrinking
• Washable
• Resistant to saliva and perspiration, harmless according to food law
Information material • Free of AZO and PCP substances
646F295=EN_INT Padding materials poster • Temperature recommendation: 110 °C – 130 °C (convection oven, infrared oven)
Technical data
617S70=H2 1050 mm 1050 mm 2 mm Beige
617S70=H3 1050 mm 1050 mm 3 mm Beige
617S70=H4 1050 mm 1050 mm 4 mm Beige
617S70=H5 1050 mm 1050 mm 5 mm Beige
617S70=H6 1050 mm 1050 mm 6 mm Beige
617S70=H7 1050 mm 1050 mm 7 mm Beige
617S70=H8 1050 mm 1050 mm 8 mm Beige
617S70=H10 1050 mm 1050 mm 10 mm Beige
617S70=BL2 1050 mm 1050 mm 2 mm Blue
617S70=BL3 1050 mm 1050 mm 3 mm Blue
617S70=BL4 1050 mm 1050 mm 4 mm Blue
617S70=BL5 1050 mm 1050 mm 5 mm Blue
617S70=B2 1050 mm 1050 mm 2 mm Brown

617S70=B3 1050 mm 1050 mm 3 mm Brown
617S70=B4 1050 mm 1050 mm 4 mm Brown
617S70=B5 1050 mm 1050 mm 5 mm Brown
617S70=B7 1050 mm 1050 mm 7 mm Brown
617S70=B10 1050 mm 1050 mm 10 mm Brown
617S70=R2 1050 mm 1050 mm 2 mm Red
617S70=R3 1050 mm 1050 mm 3 mm Red
617S70=R4 1050 mm 1050 mm 4 mm Red
617S70=R5 1050 mm 1050 mm 5 mm Red
617S70=W2 1050 mm 1050 mm 2 mm White

617S70=W3 1050 mm 1050 mm 3 mm White
617S70=W4 1050 mm 1050 mm 4 mm White
617S70=W5 1050 mm 1050 mm 5 mm White
617S70=W6 1050 mm 1050 mm 6 mm White
617S70=W10 1050 mm 1050 mm 10 mm White

Padding
Padding
Dynoform, perforated

• For fabricating soft inner sockets
• Perforated
• Resilient
• Non-shrinking
• Washable
Information material • Resistant to saliva and perspiration, harmless according to food law
646F295=EN_INT Padding materials poster • Free of AZO and PCP substances
Technical data
617S71=H2 1050 mm 1050 mm 2 mm Beige
617S71=H3 1050 mm 1050 mm 3 mm Beige
617S71=H4 1050 mm 1050 mm 4 mm Beige
617S71=H5 1050 mm 1050 mm 5 mm Beige
617S71=H6 1050 mm 1050 mm 6 mm Beige
617S71=BL2 1050 mm 1050 mm 2 mm Blue
617S71=BL3 1050 mm 1050 mm 3 mm Blue
617S71=BL5 1050 mm 1050 mm 5 mm Blue
617S71=B2 1050 mm 1050 mm 2 mm Brown

617S71=B3 1050 mm 1050 mm 3 mm Brown
617S71=B4 1050 mm 1050 mm 4 mm Brown
617S71=B5 1050 mm 1050 mm 5 mm Brown
7
617S71=R2 1050 mm 1050 mm 2 mm Red
617S71=R3 1050 mm 1050 mm 3 mm Red
617S71=R5 1050 mm 1050 mm 5 mm Red
617S71=W2 1050 mm 1050 mm 2 mm White

617S71=W3 1050 mm 1050 mm 3 mm White
617S71=W4 1050 mm 1050 mm 4 mm White
617S71=W5 1050 mm 1050 mm 5 mm White

Padding
Padding
Multicolour OD

• High resilience
• Pressure-resistant
• Washable
Technical data
617S92=2 1050 mm 900 mm 2 mm Multicolour

Padding
Padding
Dino foam
• For padding in orthotics, in particular for FOs

• Marbled in two colours, various colours available
• Elastic
• High resilience
• Pressure-resistant
• Washable
Information material • Temperature recommendation: 100 °C (hotplate, convection oven)
Technical data
617S90=2 1280 mm 890 mm 2 mm Black/white
617S91=2 1280 mm 890 mm 2 mm Black/yellow
617S93=2 1280 mm 890 mm 2 mm Black/purple
617S94=2 1280 mm 890 mm 2 mm Black/pink

Padding
Padding
PPT

• PU flexible foam
• Breathable foam
• Almost 100% resilience
• Pressure and impact absorbing
• Long service life
• Washable
Technical data
Article number Version Length Width Thickness Colour
617S68=1.6-0 Roughened on 1520 mm 650 mm 1.6 mm Beige
both sides
both sides
one side
Practical recommendation 617S68

Bonds well with 636W71 CP contact adhesive.
Dyatec

• Optimal for diabetic and rheumatic fittings, for pressure redistribution in soft footbeds
• PU flexible foam, open-cell
• Delayed resilience
• Soft
• Washable
Technical data
617S119=3.2-19 1370 mm 730 mm 3.2 mm Salmon
617S119=4.8-19 1370 mm 730 mm 4.8 mm Salmon
617S119=6.4-19 1370 mm 730 mm 6.4 mm Salmon
Practical recommendation 617S119

Bonds well with 636W71 CP contact adhesive.

Padding
Padding
Cellular unvulcanized rubber

• For fabricating soft sockets and as a padding material for prosthetic sockets
• Can be used with other materials such as leather
• Open pores on both sides
• High resilience
Technical data
619M5=2 1000 mm 1000 mm 2 mm Beige
619M5=3 1000 mm 1000 mm 3 mm Beige
619M5=4 1000 mm 1000 mm 4 mm Beige
619M5=5 1000 mm 1000 mm 5 mm Beige
619M5=6 1000 mm 1000 mm 6 mm Beige
619M5=8 1000 mm 1000 mm 8 mm Beige
619M5=10 1000 mm 1000 mm 10 mm Beige
Rubber padding
• For the fabrication of soft sockets

•
•
Both sides with skin and fine material pattern
Hardness approx. Shore A 25
7
• Good resilience
• High elasticity of compression
• Washable
Technical data
619M3=8 1000 mm 1000 mm 8 mm Grey

Padding
Padding
Relax foam
Reference number 616T*
• For the padding of positioning splints

• For integration into padded surfaces in areas particularly prone to pressure
• Open-cell
• Low density: approx. 60 kg/m³ (616T92) or approx. 65 kg/m³ (616T93)
• Slow restoring behaviour
• Good damping characteristics
Technical data
616T93=2000X10 1000 mm 2000 mm 10 mm Grey
616T93=2000X20 1000 mm 2000 mm 20 mm Grey
616T92=2000X10 1000 mm 2000 mm 10 mm Pink
616T92=2000X20 1000 mm 2000 mm 20 mm Pink
616T92=2000X40 1000 mm 2000 mm 40 mm Pink
Bedding foam, self-adhesive

• For the padding of positioning splints

• Open-cell
• Self-adhesive
• Slow restoring behaviour
• Good damping characteristics
Technical data
619M9=10 610 mm 410 mm 10 mm Blue

Padding
Padding
PVC foam, self-adhesive

• For padding applications in orthotics

• PVC foam
• Self-adhesive
• Washable
Technical data
616T25 1000 mm 500 mm 3 mm White
Terry cloth padding fabric, self-adhesive


• Ideal for everyday clinical use, e.g. also in temporary fittings
• Upper material terry cloth, underside adhesive film
• Self-adhesive
• Very good adhesive characteristics
• High wearer comfort
• Washable
7
Technical data
623P2 1000 mm 500 mm Beige

Padding
Padding
Terry cloth padding


• Upper material: terry cloth, underside: loop material
• Compatible with hook-and-loop
• Individual shaping possible
• Washable
Technical data
623P3=1 1m 1460 mm 4 mm Blue
623P3=2 2m 1460 mm 4 mm Blue

623P3=5 5m 1460 mm 4 mm Blue
623P3=10 10 m 1460 mm 4 mm Blue
623P3=S1 1m 1460 mm 4 mm Black
623P3=S10 10 m 1460 mm 4 mm Black
623P3=H1 1m 1460 mm 4 mm Beige
623P3=H10 10 m 1460 mm 4 mm Beige

Can be combined with 623Z4 and 623Z200 micro hook-and-loop. Apply 636W71 CP contact
adhesive to the micro hook-and-loop and fasten it to the surface to be padded.

Padding
Padding
ComforTex soft

• 100% polyamide, first side
• 16% spandex and 84% polyamide, second side
• Compatible with hook-and-loop, first side
• Especially soft surface
• Excellent padding characteristics
• High resilience
• Very comfortable to wear
• HF and ultrasound weldable
646D854=EN ComforTex touch and feel
booklet
30
Product example
Technical data
623F109=1-7 1m 1400 mm 4 mm Black/black


Padding
Padding
ComforTex smooth

• 80% polyamide and 20% spandex, second side
• Very smooth surface
• High resilience
booklet
30
Product example
Technical data


Padding
Padding
ComforTex grippy

• 84% polyamide and 16% spandex, second side
• Special knitting technique prevents slipping in the nap direction
• High resilience
booklet
30
Product example
Technical data


Padding
Padding
ComforTex air

• 100% polyester, second side
• High resilience
• High level of wearer comfort
• Air permeable
booklet 30

Product example
Technical data
623F62=1-7 1m 1400 mm 3 mm Black
623F62=2-7 2m 1400 mm 3 mm Black
623F62=5-7 5m 1400 mm 3 mm Black

Neoprene®

• Textile-coated on both sides
• Closed-cell
• Resilient
• Washable
Technical data
Article number Width Thickness Colour
617S10=4 1200 mm 4 mm White
646F295=EN_INT Padding materials poster ҏҏ Please indicate the required length in metres when ordering.

Padding
Padding
Neoprene®, soft
• For the padding of AFOs and KAFOs

• Surface laminated with terry cloth, reverse side with nylon
• Closed-cell
• Resilient
• Washable
Technical data
Article number Width Thickness Colour
617S15=3 1200 mm 3 mm Dark blue
ҏҏ Please indicate the required length in metres when ordering.
PS velour
Reference number 620P15*

• Microfibre synthetic fleece (60% polyamide, 40% polyurethane)
• Resistant to tearing
• Air permeable
• Water-vapour permeable
• Abrasion-resistant
• Colour-fast against perspiration
• Washable
• Free of formaldehyde, PCP and PCP compounds
• Not thermoformable 7
Technical data
Information material Article image Article number Length Width Thickness Colour
646F295=EN_INT Padding materials poster 620P15-5 1370 mm 1000 mm 0.8 mm Blue
620P15-8 1370 mm 1000 mm 0.8 mm Brown

Padding
Padding
Micro hook-and-loop, self-adhesive

• Recommended especially in combination with 623P3 terry cloth padding fabric and with
623F* ComforTex
• Individually adaptable length
• Self-adhesive
• Very high hook-and-loop strength
• No additional bulk when fastening textile padding fabrics
• Facilitates very flexible connections
30

Technical data
Article image Article number Width Colour Minimum order
quantity
623Z4=50-6 50 mm White 10 m
623Z200=100-7 100 mm Black 10 m

Padding
Padding
Technogel® sheet
• or padding in orthotics, in particular for FOs

F
• As a padding material for prosthetic sockets
• PU gel
• With bi-elastic blue Lycra® fabric and PE film on one side
• Hardness approx. Shore A 2.5
• Shape-retentive
• Good dissipation of shear forces
• Very good damping and good pressure redistribution
• High elongation
• High shock absorption
Information material • Good bonding characteristics with 636W71 CP contact adhesive
646F295=EN_INT Padding materials poster • Washable
Technical data
616S116=50X50X0.3 50 cm 50 cm 0.3 cm
616S116=50X50X0.6 50 cm 50 cm 0.6 cm
616S116=50X50X0.9 50 cm 50 cm 0.9 cm
Technogel® is a registered trademark of TechnoGel GmbH.

Lycra® is a registered trademark of DuPont.

Padding
Padding
Technogel® sheet
• For the padding of FOs, AFOs and KAFOs

• As bedding material in the fabrication of prosthetic sockets
• PU gel with PU film on both sides
• Hardness approx. Shore A 2.5 - 10
• Shape-retentive
• Good dissipation of shear forces
• Very good damping and good pressure redistribution
• High elongation
• High shock absorption
• Good bonding characteristics with 636W71 CP contact adhesive
Information material • Washable
646F295=EN_INT Padding materials poster • Not thermoformable
Technical data
Article number Width Length Thickness Colour
616S8=50X50X0.3-5 50 cm 50 cm 0.3 cm Blue
616S8=50X50X0.6-5 50 cm 50 cm 0.6 cm Blue
Technogel® is a registered trademark of TechnoGel GmbH.

Padding
Cork
Pressed cork

• Elastic
• High resilience
Technical data
620P1=30 1000 mm 500 mm 30 mm
620P1=50 1000 mm 500 mm 50 mm
Flexible cork

• Elastic
• High resilience
7
Technical data
620P2=2 915 mm 610 mm 2 mm
620P2=3 915 mm 610 mm 3 mm
620P2=4 915 mm 610 mm 4 mm
620P2=5 915 mm 610 mm 5 mm
620P2=6 915 mm 610 mm 6 mm
620P2=8 915 mm 610 mm 8 mm
620P2=10 915 mm 610 mm 10 mm

Padding
Cork
Microcork

• Elastic
• High resilience
• Good thermoforming properties at 130 °C (hotplate, convection oven)
Technical data
620P4=2.5 1100 mm 850 mm 2.5 mm
620P4=4 1100 mm 850 mm 4 mm
620P4=6 1100 mm 850 mm 6 mm
620P4=8 1100 mm 850 mm 8 mm
620P4=10 1100 mm 850 mm 10 mm
620P4=12 1100 mm 850 mm 12 mm
620P4=25 1100 mm 850 mm 25 mm
Rubber cork

• Heat-resistant
• Elastic
• High resilience
Technical data
product information Article number Length Width Thickness
620P3=2 1000 mm 500 mm 2 mm
620P3=3 1000 mm 500 mm 3 mm
620P3=4 1000 mm 500 mm 4 mm
620P3=5 1000 mm 500 mm 5 mm
620P3=6 1000 mm 500 mm 6 mm
620P3=8 1000 mm 500 mm 8 mm

Suitable for prepreg technology as a separating layer for padding.

Padding
Leather
Chrome kid leather

Reference number 621J2
• For linings in orthopaedics and footwear specialism

• As upholstery leather for insoles
• Fine, soft leather
Technical data
Article number Thickness
621J2 0.6-0.8 mm
Plain chamois sheep leather

• For linings in orthopaedics and footwear specialism

• Soft, supple lining leather
Technical data
Article number
621S4
ҏҏ Sheepskin with grain (e.g. for sockets) = grain chamois leather
Blank calf leather 7

• For use in orthopaedics and footwear specialism

• Ooze leather
• Lighter weight category
• Moderately greased
• Sometimes waxed
• Good carrying properties
• Good grip
• Supple
• Very good resistance to perspiration
• Waterproof
• Air permeable
Technical data
Article number Version Thickness
621R1=1-1.5 Side 1-1.5 mm
Padding
Leather
Orthopaedic chrome-tanned leather

• For straps and buckles

• Chrome tanned calf leather
• Tough
• Resistant to repeated flexural stress and abrasion
Technical data
621R4=1.5-2 Side 1.5-2 mm
Orthopaedic leather
• For sockets and sleeves in prosthetics and orthotics

• Partially tanned
• From cowhide
• Vegetable tanned
• Very good forming properties
• Good absorption of perspiration
Technical data
621W2=1.8-2 Side 1.8-2.0 mm
621W2=2-2.75 Side 2.0-2.75 mm
621W2=3-3.5 Side 3.0-3.5 mm

Padding
Cover fabrics
Cotton stockinette
• As body protection stockinette for the plaster and casting technique

• As a spacer layer in vacuum forming or laminating
• Can be worn directly on the skin, e.g. in case of body jacket fittings
• 100% cotton
Technical data
Article number Length Width Weight Colour
623T1=4 32 m 4 cm 0.5 kg Raw white
623T1=6 23.8 m 6 cm 0.5 kg Raw white
623T1=8 17.2 m 8 cm 0.5 kg Raw white
623T1=10 27.7 m 10 cm 1 kg Raw white
623T1=12 25.6 m 12 cm 1 kg Raw white
623T1=15 19.2 m 15 cm 1 kg Raw white
623T1=20 14.9 m 20 cm 1 kg Raw white
623T1=25 12.5 m 25 cm 1 kg Raw white
623T1=30 10 m 30 cm 1 kg Raw white
623T1=35 9.1 m 35 cm 1 kg Raw white
623T1=40 7.7 m 40 cm 1 kg Raw white
Felt cloth
• For linings, e.g. in leather sleeves

7
Technical data
Article number Width Thickness Weight Colour
622P4=2 1800 mm 2 mm 0.6 kg White

Padding
Cover fabrics
Velvetone
• As a cover fabric in orthotics, e.g. for insoles

• 100% cotton
• One side roughened, the other side sunk
• Strong, satin-woven moleskin fabric
• Very thin
Technical data
Article number Width Colour
623M8 1500 mm Beige
Helanca double-stretch synthetic leather

Reference number 621X*
• For padding and upholstery

• Especially well suited for areas subject to high stress, for example in rehabilitation
• Pleasantly soft
• Good grip
• Elastic
• Abrasion-resistant
• Easy to clean
• Resistant to urine and blood
• Resistant to disinfectants
Technical data
Article image Article number Length Width Colour
621X2=1 1m 1370 mm White
621X2=2 2m 1370 mm White
621X2=5 5m 1370 mm White
621X3=1 1m 1370 mm Beige

621X3=2 2m 1370 mm Beige
621X3=5 5m 1370 mm Beige

Padding
Cover fabrics
Carbon synthetic leather

Reference number 621X9
• Cover for orthoses, prostheses, wheelchairs and closures

• As an underlay for insoles
• 50% polyurethane, 50% polyamide
• Colour-fast
• Light-fast
• Suitable for cutting
• Suitable for punching
• Easy to sand
• Clean cut edges without fraying
• Well suited for bonding
Product example • Can be thermoformed at 90 – 120 °C
• Minimal shrinkage
Technical data
621X9=1-7 1m 1.46 m Black
621X9=10-7 10 m 1.46 m Black
Practical recommendation 621X9

• Prepare a template using 616F1 PVC film.
• Transfer the shape to 621X9 carbon synthetic leather. In doing so, make sure the carbon
pattern is consistently aligned to obtain a uniform overall appearance and to conceal joints.
• Use 636N9 contact adhesive for fixing. The surfaces to be glued must be dry and free of
dust, oil and grease.
• For better draping characteristics, warm 621X9 carbon synthetic leather slightly with hot air.

Finishing

Thermopapers, socket decors, CarbonTEX and Super-
Skin offer the opportunity to upgrade surfaces with
new designs. Ottobock offers various individual
finishing options that allow the look of prostheses
and orthoses to be changed and adapted to the user’s
taste.
Our thermopapers are suitable for giving plastics

such as ThermoLyn PE 200, ThermoLyn PP-C and
ThermoLyn PP-H an attractive, designer look. Socket
decors permit individual colouration with applica-
tions of the lamination technique.
With CarbonTEX, Ottobock offers a carbon look in
various colours which is easy to realise as part of the
regular lamination process.
With a SuperSkin coating, a foam cover for

example can be spray coated with a liquid polyure-
thane plastic (PUR). The applied coating is elastic,
water-repellent, UV-resistant and can be coloured
according to the skin tone. Prostheses coated with
Ottobock SuperSkin have an even more natural
appearance and are for example more resistant
against dirt.

Finishing
Thermopapers
“Tabaluga” thermopaper
• For custom colouring of synthetic materials such as ThermoLyn PE 200, ThermoLyn PP-C
and ThermoLyn PP-H
• Unique selection of designs with the popular “Tabaluga” motif in the colours red, green,
blue and white
• Environmentally friendly paper
• Tear-proof paper
• No additional workshop equipment or special technical knowledge required
Technical data
623P110=2-2 2m 75 cm Red
Information material 623P110=5-2 5m 75 cm Red

646D1468=EN_INT 623P110/623S110
Tabaluga design product 623P110=2-3 2m 75 cm Green
brief
646D550=EN_INT Thermopapers & socket 623P110=5-3 5m 75 cm Green
decors product
information
623P110=2-5 2m 75 cm Blue
646D696=EN Finishing product
information
623P110=5-5 5m 75 cm Blue
646M70=ALL_INT Thermopapers & socket
decors collection
623P110=2-6 2m 75 cm White
623P110=5-6 5m 75 cm White
“Giraffes, light green” thermopaper

and ThermoLyn PP-H
• Large selection of unique designs
Technical data
623P50=2 2m 75 cm Light green
623P50=5 5m 75 cm Light green
623P50=10 10 m 75 cm Light green
646D550=EN_INT Thermopapers & socket
decors product
information
information
decors collection

Finishing
Thermopapers
“Starry sky, blue” thermopaper

and ThermoLyn PP-H
Technical data
623P52=2 2m 75 cm Light blue
623P52=5 5m 75 cm Light blue
623P52=10 10 m 75 cm Light blue
decors product
information
information
decors collection
Processing and usage examples for 623P*
Warm the synthetic material until it Carefully smooth the thermopaper from the After approx. 20 seconds, pull the thermo-
becomes completely transparent. Cut the middle towards the outside edges. paper off the material.
thermopaper to size and apply it, with
the design facing down, onto the precut
component.

Finishing
Thermopapers
“Bears, red, blue, yellow” thermopaper

and ThermoLyn PP-H
Technical data
623P97=2 2m 75 cm Red/blue/yellow
623P97=5 5m 75 cm Red/blue/yellow
623P97=10 10 m 75 cm Red/blue/yellow
decors product
information
information
decors collection
“On the road” thermopaper

and ThermoLyn PP-H
Technical data
623P98=2 2m 75 cm Green
623P98=5 5m 75 cm Green
623P98=10 10 m 75 cm Green
decors product
information
information
decors collection

Finishing
Thermopapers
“Butterflies” thermopaper
and ThermoLyn PP-H
Technical data
623P101=2 2m 75 cm Lilac
623P101=5 5m 75 cm Lilac
623P101=10 10 m 75 cm Lilac
decors product
information
information
decors collection
component.

Finishing
Thermopapers
“Stars, pink” thermopaper

and ThermoLyn PP-H
Technical data
623P60=2 2m 75 cm Pink
623P60=5 5m 75 cm Pink
623P60=10 10 m 75 cm Pink
decors product
information
information
decors collection
“Bears, green, purple, orange” thermopaper

and ThermoLyn PP-H
Technical data
623P99=2 2m 75 cm Green/purple/orange
623P99=5 5m 75 cm Green/purple/orange
623P99=10 10 m 75 cm Green/purple/orange
decors product
information
information
decors collection

Finishing
Thermopapers
“Fox” thermopaper
and ThermoLyn PP-H
Technical data
623P106=2 2m 75 cm
623P106=5 5m 75 cm
623P106=10 10 m 75 cm
decors product
information
information
decors collection
component.

Finishing
Thermopapers
“Bears, blue, green, grey” thermopaper

• or custom colouring of synthetic materials such as ThermoLyn PE 200, ThermoLyn PP-C

F
and ThermoLyn PP-H
Technical data
623P100=2 2m 75 cm Blue/green/grey
623P100=5 5m 75 cm Blue/green/grey
623P100=10 10 m 75 cm Blue/green/grey
decors product
information
information
decors collection
“Kaleidoscope, black, red” thermopaper

and ThermoLyn PP-H
Technical data
623P92=2 2m 75 cm Black/red
623P92=5 5m 75 cm Black/red
623P92=10 10 m 75 cm Black/red
decors product
information
information
decors collection

Finishing
Thermopapers
“Kaleidoscope, black, white” thermopaper

and ThermoLyn PP-H
Technical data
623P93=2 2m 75 cm Black/white
623P93=5 5m 75 cm Black/white
623P93=10 10 m 75 cm Black/white
decors product
information
information
decors collection
component.

Finishing
Thermopapers
“Mandala, to colour it yourself” thermopaper


F
and ThermoLyn PP-H
Technical data
623P103=2 2m 75 cm White/black
623P103=10 10 m 75 cm White/black
decors product
information
information
decors collection
“Muscles, white, black” thermopaper

and ThermoLyn PP-H
Technical data
623P94=10 10 m 75 cm White/black
decors product
information
information
decors collection

Finishing
Thermopapers
“Faces” thermopaper
and ThermoLyn PP-H
Technical data
623P85=2 2m 75 cm
623P85=5 5m 75 cm
623P85=10 10 m 75 cm
decors product
information
information
decors collection
component.

Finishing
Thermopapers
“Raindrops” thermopaper
and ThermoLyn PP-H
Technical data
623P87=2 2m 75 cm Blue
623P87=5 5m 75 cm Blue
623P87=10 10 m 75 cm Blue
decors product
information
information
decors collection
“Concrete” thermopaper
and ThermoLyn PP-H
Technical data
623P88=2 2m 75 cm Grey
623P88=5 5m 75 cm Grey
623P88=10 10 m 75 cm Grey
decors product
information
information
decors collection

Finishing
Thermopapers
“Camouflage Earth” thermopaper

and ThermoLyn PP-H
Technical data
623P86=2 2m 75 cm Green
623P86=5 5m 75 cm Green
623P86=10 10 m 75 cm Green
decors product
information
information
decors collection
component.

Finishing
Thermopapers
“Mini jeans” thermopaper

and ThermoLyn PP-H
Technical data
623P62=2 2m 75 cm Blue
623P62=5 5m 75 cm Blue
623P62=10 10 m 75 cm Blue
decors product
information
information
decors collection
“Mega jeans” thermopaper


F
and ThermoLyn PP-H
Technical data
623P61=2 2m 75 cm Blue
623P61=5 5m 75 cm Blue
623P61=10 10 m 75 cm Blue
decors product
information
information
decors collection

Finishing
Thermopapers
“Modern jeans” thermopaper

and ThermoLyn PP-H
Technical data
623P84=2 2m 75 cm Blue
623P84=5 5m 75 cm Blue
623P84=10 10 m 75 cm Blue
decors product
information
information
decors collection
component.

Finishing
Thermopapers
“Carbon, sand” thermopaper

and ThermoLyn PP-H
Technical data
623P107=2 2m 75 cm Sand
623P107=5 5m 75 cm Sand
623P107=10 10 m 75 cm Sand
decors product
information
information
decors collection
“Carbon, raspberry red” thermopaper


F
and ThermoLyn PP-H
Technical data
623P89=2 2m 75 cm Raspberry red
623P89=5 5m 75 cm Raspberry red
623P89=10 10 m 75 cm Raspberry red
decors product
information
information
decors collection

Finishing
Thermopapers
“Carbon, water blue” thermopaper

and ThermoLyn PP-H
Technical data
623P90=2 2m 75 cm Water blue
623P90=5 5m 75 cm Water blue
623P90=10 10 m 75 cm Water blue
decors product
information
information
decors collection
component.

Finishing
Thermopapers
“Carbon, heavy grey” thermopaper

and ThermoLyn PP-H
Technical data
623P74=2 2m 75 cm Dark grey
623P74=5 5m 75 cm Dark grey
623P74=10 10 m 75 cm Dark grey
decors product
information
information
decors collection
“Uni, beige” thermopaper

and ThermoLyn PP-H
Technical data
623P96=2 2m 75 cm Beige
623P96=5 5m 75 cm Beige
623P96=10 10 m 75 cm Beige
decors product
information
information
decors collection

Finishing
Thermopapers
“Uni, black” thermopaper

and ThermoLyn PP-H
Technical data
623P95=2 2m 75 cm Black
623P95=5 5m 75 cm Black
623P95=10 10 m 75 cm Black
decors product
information
information
decors collection
component.

Finishing
Socket decors
“Tabaluga” socket decor

• For custom colouring with lamination technique

• Unique selection of designs with the popular “Tabaluga” motif in the colours red, green,
blue and white
• Proven tubular fabric
Technical data
623S110=15-2 1.5 m 15 cm Red
623S110=20-2 1.5 m 20 cm Red

646D1468=EN_INT 623P110/623S110
Tabaluga design product
brief 623S110=15-3 1.5 m 15 cm Green
decors product
information
646D696=EN Finishing product 623S110=20-3 1.5 m 20 cm Green
information
decors collection
623S110=15-5 1.5 m 15 cm Blue
623S110=20-5 1.5 m 20 cm Blue
623S110=15-6 1.5 m 15 cm White
623S110=20-6 1.5 m 20 cm White

Finishing
Socket decors
“Giraffes, light green” socket decor


Technical data
623S50=15 1.5 m 15 cm Light green
623S50=20 1.5 m 20 cm Light green
decors product
information
information
decors collection
Processing and usage examples for 623S*
Pull the decorative fabric around the socket Take in the decorative fabric, leaving 5 mm Turn the decorative fabric inside out so that
model with the design facing inwards. between the stitches and the inside of the the design is facing outwards, and then
Using your hand to hold the decorative marked line. Allow the distal seam to taper pull it over the socket model. Place the
fabric taut, trace along the contour of the off. This means the seam can be seen only seam in an inconspicuous position on the
socket using a pencil. Do not use perma- on the medial side. Using scissors, trim socket (e.g. medially).
nent markers, ball-point pens, etc., because the decorative fabric along the seam to a
these could cause discolouration during maximum of 2 mm. 8
the laminating process.

Finishing
Socket decors
“Starry sky, blue” socket decor


Technical data
623S52=15 1.5 m 15 cm Light blue
decors product
information
information
decors collection
“Bears, red, blue, yellow” socket decor


Technical data
623S97=15 1.5 m 15 cm Red/blue/yellow
623S97=20 1.5 m 20 cm Red/blue/yellow
decors product
information
information
decors collection

Finishing
Socket decors
“On the road” socket decor


Technical data
623S98=15 1.5 m 15 cm Green
623S98=20 1.5 m 20 cm Green
decors product
information
information
decors collection

Finishing
Socket decors
“Butterflies” socket decor


Technical data
623S101=15 1.5 m 15 cm Lilac
623S101=20 1.5 m 20 cm Lilac
decors product
information
information
decors collection
“Stars, pink” socket decor


Technical data
623S60=15 1.5 m 15 cm Pink
623S60=20 1.5 m 20 cm Pink
decors product
information
information
decors collection

Finishing
Socket decors
“Bears, green, purple, orange” socket decor


Technical data
623S99=15 1.5 m 15 cm Green/purple/orange
623S99=20 1.5 m 20 cm Green/purple/orange
decors product
information
information
decors collection

Finishing
Socket decors
“Fox” socket decor


Technical data
623S106=15 1.5 m 15 cm
623S106=20 1.5 m 20 cm
decors product
information
information
decors collection
“Bears, blue, green, grey” socket decor


Technical data
623S100=15 1.5 m 15 cm Blue/green/grey
623S100=20 1.5 m 20 cm Blue/green/grey
decors product
information
information
decors collection

Finishing
Socket decors
“Kaleidoscope, black, red” socket decor


Technical data
623S92=15 1.5 m 15 cm Black/red
623S92=20 1.5 m 20 cm Black/red
decors product
information
information
decors collection

Finishing
Socket decors
“Kaleidoscope, black, white” socket decor


Technical data
623S93=15 1.5 m 15 cm Black/white
623S93=20 1.5 m 20 cm Black/white
decors product
information
information
decors collection
Socket decor “mandala, to colour it yourself”


Technical data
623S103=15 1.5 m 15 cm White/black
decors product
information
information
decors collection

Finishing
Socket decors
“Muscles, white, black” socket decor


Technical data
decors product
information
information
decors collection

Finishing
Socket decors
“Faces” socket decor


Technical data
623S85=15 1.5 m 15 cm
623S85=20 1.5 m 20 cm
decors product
information
information
decors collection
“Raindrops” socket decor


Technical data
623S87=15 1.5 m 15 cm Blue
623S87=20 1.5 m 20 cm Blue
decors product
information
information
decors collection

Finishing
Socket decors
“Concrete” socket decor


Technical data
623S88=15 1.5 m 15 cm Grey
623S88=20 1.5 m 20 cm Grey
decors product
information
information
decors collection

Finishing
Socket decors
“Camouflage Earth” socket decor


Technical data
623S86=15 1.5 m 15 cm Green
623S86=20 1.5 m 20 cm Green
decors product
information
information
decors collection
“Mini jeans” socket decor


Technical data
623S62=15 1.5 m 15 cm Blue
623S62=20 1.5 m 20 cm Blue
decors product
information
information
decors collection

Finishing
Socket decors
“Mega jeans” socket decor


Technical data
623S61=15 1.5 m 15 cm Blue
623S61=20 1.5 m 20 cm Blue
decors product
information
information
decors collection

Finishing
Socket decors
“Modern jeans” socket decor


Technical data
623S84=15 1.5 m 15 cm Blue
623S84=20 1.5 m 20 cm Blue
decors product
information
information
decors collection
“Carbon, sand” socket decor


Technical data
623S107=15 1.5 m 15 cm Sand
623S107=20 1.5 m 20 cm Sand
decors product
information
information
decors collection

Finishing
Socket decors
“Carbon, raspberry red” socket decor


Technical data
623S89=15 1.5 m 15 cm Raspberry red
623S89=20 1.5 m 20 cm Raspberry red
decors product
information
information
decors collection

Finishing
Socket decors
“Carbon, water blue” socket decor


Technical data
623S90=15 1.5 m 15 cm Water blue
623S90=20 1.5 m 20 cm Water blue
decors product
information
information
decors collection
Socket decor “carbon, heavy grey”


Technical data
623S74=15-7 1.5 m 15 cm Dark grey
623S74=20-7 1.5 m 20 cm Dark grey
decors product
information
information
decors collection

Finishing
Socket decors
“Uni, beige” socket decor


Technical data
623S96=15 1.5 m 15 cm Beige
623S96=20 1.5 m 20 cm Beige
decors product
information
information
decors collection

Finishing
Socket decors
“Uni, black” socket decor


Technical data
623S95=15 1.5 m 15 cm Black
623S95=20 1.5 m 20 cm Black
decors product
information
information
decors collection
“Ottobock, light blue” socket decor


Technical data
decors product
information
information
decors collection

Finishing
Socket decors
“Ottobock, green” socket decor


Technical data
623S82=15 1.5 m 15 cm Green
623S82=20 1.5 m 20 cm Green
decors product
information
information
decors collection

Finishing
Socket decors
“Ottobock, yellow” socket decor


Technical data
623S83=15 1.5 m 15 cm Yellow
623S83=20 1.5 m 20 cm Yellow
decors product
information
information
decors collection
these could cause discolouration during maximum of 2 mm.

Finishing
CarbonTEX
CarbonTEX - fibreglass cloth


• Conventional lamination process
• No additional technical knowledge or workshop facilities required
Technical data
616G180=2-16 2m 1m Silver
616G180=5-16 5m 1m Silver
616G180=10-16 10 m 1m Silver
646D718=EN 617H119 Orthocryl 616G180=2-16.4 2m 1m Light silver
PRO product information 616G180=5-16.4 5m 1m Light silver
646D696=EN Finishing product 616G180=10-16.4 10 m 1m Light silver

information

• Can be used with acrylic, vinyl, epoxy and polyester resin systems.
• Suitable for decorative purposes but not as a structural laminate component.
• Laminate without colour paste to prevent distortion of the colour result.
• Directly after cutting to size/sanding the socket, apply a transparent acrylic coating to the
proximal edge. We recommend applying at least two layers and using wet/dry fine sand-
paper between the layers. This approach is particularly well suited for sealing the upper
socket brim. The external appearance of the upgraded socket is also optimised as a result.

Finishing
CarbonTEX
CarbonTEX PRO – woven carbon fibre


• Excellent draping and sanding characteristics
• Glossy look thanks to metallised woven carbon fibre
• Conventional lamination process
• No additional technical knowledge or workshop facilities required
• Extensive choice of designs
Technical data
616G128=3-2 3m 1m Light red
646D1467=EN_INT 616G128 CarbonTEX
PRO product brief 616G128=3-3 3m 1m Green
646M80 616G128 CarbonTEX
PRO sample swatch
information
616G128=3-5 3m 1m Blue
616G128=3-7 3m 1m Hexagon black
616G128=3-16 3m 1m Silver

• Can be used with acrylic, vinyl, epoxy and polyester resin systems.
• Suitable for decorative purposes but not as a structural laminate component.
• Laminate without colour paste to prevent distortion of the colour result.
• Directly after cutting to size/sanding the socket, apply a transparent acrylic coating to the
proximal edge. We recommend applying at least two layers and using wet/dry fine sand-
paper between the layers. This approach is particularly well suited for sealing the upper
socket brim. The external appearance of the upgraded socket is also optimised as a result.

Finishing
CarbonTEX
Processing and usage examples for 616G*
641H17 chemical protection gloves, Attach one end of the CarbonTEX PRO Use paper towels to clean the soaked 616F4
protective goggles and a breathing mask to the previously marked seam with PVA bag on both sides and pull it over the
should be worn for occupational safety 616F10=6 double-sided PVC adhesive model with the desired side (matte or gloss)
reasons. Perform all process steps under an tape and trim the excess material with facing outward. Tie off the PVA bag on the
extractor hood. the 719S21 carbon scissors. Then press proximal end. Tie off temporarily in the
Sand the surface of the socket to be lami- any protruding fibres in place again. distal region and create a vacuum.
nated, clean with 634A58 isopropyl Repeat this procedure on the opposite side. Mix the desired quantity of 617H119
alcohol and mark the position of the subse- To do so, apply a new strip of PVC adhe- Orthocryl lamination resin 80:20 PRO,
quent CarbonTEX PRO seam on the socket sive tape to the cut edge of the CarbonTEX without adding colour paste, with 2% hard-
with a pencil. PRO side. Overlap and attach the second ener and fill into the PVA bag. Then tie
Measure the socket length and circum- end of the layer of CarbonTEX PRO, trim the off above the resin filling, without any air
ference. Cut a corresponding piece of excess material and press any protruding inclusions.
CarbonTEX PRO with a width and length fibres in place. Align the model as shown in Fig. 3. Undo
that is 10 cm larger than the respective the temporary tie in the distal area between
measurement. To prevent the fibres from the resin and socket, and extract rising
fraying, tape off the outside of the cut edge. air bubbles with the vacuum. Then lami-
Apply 636K40 removable spray adhesive nate the socket, with an even penetration
to the socket, starting on the side oppo- of resin running at a 90° angle to the socket
site the marked CarbonTEX PRO seam. axis.
Then continue wetting the socket gradu- After hardening, cut the socket and sand it
ally, applying the layer of CarbonTEX PRO down.
around the socket without wrinkles and
pressing it into place in the direction of the
seam.

Finishing
SuperSkin
SuperSkin sampler ring

• For the visual and haptic demonstration of the various colour samples (skin tones)
• Aids in selecting the desired hue
Technical data
Article number
646M85
Practical recommendation 646M85

• The colour results provided in the 646M85 SuperSkin sampler ring can be obtained by using
different mixing ratios of the SuperSkin colours listed in the colour table.
• For details on the mixture ratios, please see the 646T7=4.8D SuperSkin technical informa-
tion.
646T7=4.8GB SuperSkin technical
information
SuperSkin sampler ring

• For the visual and haptic demonstration of the various colour samples (RAL colours)
• Aids in selecting the desired hue
Technical data
Article number
646M18=D
Practical recommendation 646M18

• The colour results provided in the 646M18=D SuperSkin sampler ring can be obtained by
using different mixing ratios of the SuperSkin colours listed in the colour table.
• For details on the mixture ratios, please see the 646T7=4.8D SuperSkin technical informa-
tion.
information

Finishing
SuperSkin
SuperSkin for PUR products

• Especially well suited for coating PUR flexible foam covers, Ottobock prosthetic feet and
99B15 nylon connectors
• Does not require primer when used with polyurethane foams or Ottobock prosthetic feet
• Can be custom coloured
• Resistant to dirt
• Washable

Technical data
646D696=EN Finishing product Article number Net contents Colour RAL colour code
information 635C1=1-1 0.9 kg Beige -
646T7=4.8GB SuperSkin technical 635C1=2.5-1 2.3 kg Beige -
information
635C1=5-1 4.7 kg Beige -
635C1=0.25-14 0.225 kg Brown -
635C1=0.5-14 0.45 kg Brown -
635C1=1-14 0.9 kg Brown -
635C1=2.5-14 2.3 kg Brown -
635C1=1-18 0.9 kg Dark brown -
635C1=2.5-18 2.3 kg Dark brown -
635C1=2.5-1026 2.3 kg Bright yellow 1026
635C1=1-1050 0.9 kg Gold 1050
635C1=2.5-3004 2.3 kg Crimson 3004
635C1=2.5-3020 2.3 kg Traffic red 3020
635C1=2.5-4008 2.3 kg Signal violet 4008
635C1=2.5-5010 2.3 kg Gentian blue 5010
635C1=2.5-6034 2.3 kg Pastel turquoise 6034
635C1=2.5-7035 2.3 kg Light grey 7035
635C1=1-9010 0.9 kg Pure white 9010
635C1=2.5-9010 2.3 kg Pure white 9010
635C1=2.5-9011 2.3 kg Graphite black 9011
ҏҏ Recommended reference values: for lower leg foam cover 150 g; for thigh foam cover 300 g

Finishing
SuperSkin
SuperSkin for non-PUR products

Reference number 635C2A
• Especially well suited for PE foam covers, Pedilin, Plastazote®, Evazote®, laminate,
wood, metals and Pedilan lightweight feet (with the exception of PUR products)
• Can be sprayed
• Can be custom coloured
• Resistant to dirt
• Washable

Technical data
Information material Article number Net contents Colour RAL colour code
646D696=EN Finishing product 635C2A=1-1 0.6 kg Beige -

information 635C2A=2.5-1 1.535 kg Beige -
646T7=4.8GB SuperSkin technical 635C2A=5-1 3.135 kg Beige -
information
635C2A=1-14 0.6 kg Brown -
635C2A=2.5-14 1.535 kg Brown -
635C2A=1-18 0.6 kg Dark brown -
635C2A=2.5-18 1.535 kg Dark brown -
635C2A=2.5-6034 1.535 kg Pastel turquoise 6034
635C2A=2.5-7035 1.535 kg Light grey 7035
ҏҏ Recommended reference values: for lower leg foam cover 150 g (including thinner for 635C2A); for thigh foam
cover 300 g (including thinner for 635C2A)
Practical recommendation 635C2A

All products not based on PUR must be primed with 635C3 primer.
Thinner for 635C2A

Reference number 635C2B
• For thinning 635C2A SuperSkin for non-PUR products

Flam. Liq. 3,
Technical data
635C2B=0.5 0.3 kg
635C2B=1 0.77 kg
Mixing ratio
635C2B=2.5 1.57 kg
Thinner for 635C2A SuperSkin for non-PUR
635C2B products 635C2A
Practical recommendation 635C2B
1 2
All products not based on PUR must be primed with 635C3 primer.
information
Evazote® and Plastazote® are registered trademarks of Zotefoams.

Finishing
SuperSkin
Primer for non-PUR products

• To be used before coating PE foam covers, Pedilin, Plastazote®, Evazote®, laminate,

wood, metals and Pedilan lightweight feet (with the exception of PUR products)
• Facilitates adhesion of SuperSkin to a variety of materials

Technical data
635C3=0.5 0.45 kg White
635C3=1 0.9 kg White
Information material 635C3=5 4.7 kg White
information Practical recommendation 635C3
The 636N9 contact adhesive can be used as additional primer for EVA foams, especially for
concave areas (undercuts), in order to prevent bridging of the lacquer.
PUR foam adhesive

• For bonding PUR foams, PUR-EVA bonds and other materials (e.g. connection caps for
prosthetic feet, foam connecting caps)
• Highly elastic

Technical data
646T7=4.8GB SuperSkin technical Practical recommendation 636W58
information Please apply thinly.
Evazote® and Plastazote® are registered trademarks of Zotefoams.

Finishing
SuperSkin
SuperSkin cleaner
• For cleaning Pedilan lightweight feet and laminate as well as for etching the surface of
Ottobock prosthetic feet before spraying
• For cleaning the high-performance spray gun and other foam-finishing tools

Flam. Liq. 2,
Eye Irrit. 2,
Carc. 2,
resp. irrit. STOT SE 3
Technical data
634A80=1 0.75 kg
information
634A80=2.5 1.9 kg

Do not use as a thinner.

Notes

Small parts and
auxiliary materials

This section contains a broad selection of metal,
small and accessory parts that are needed for the
fabrication of prostheses and orthoses. Proven mate-
rials such as steel, light metal, aluminium alloys
and plastics are traditionally used here. Auxiliary
materials include those that are used up during
processing of the main materials, such as lubricating
agents.
While donning a transfemoral prosthesis is a daily

routine for many prosthesis wearers, the proce-
dure is nevertheless very cumbersome and may
even be painful. EasyFit, a very effective tool for
easily donning transfemoral prostheses with a valve
opening, was developed in cooperation with pros-
thesis wearers in order to solve this problem. The
EasyFit is also available for arm prostheses with a
valve opening.
Thanks to ongoing further development, most

patients today can be fitted with ready-made
supports, the goal being to treat patients according
to their specific indications, provide early mobilisa-
tion, assist and accelerate the healing process and to
prevent new injuries.

Small parts and auxiliary materials
EasyFit
Easy Fit donning aid

Reference number OC1560
• For transfemoral prostheses with valve opening

• Easy donning that saves time and energy
• Comfortable feeling when donning
• Pull-through aid for additional help
• High-quality, durable material
• Suitable for machine washing
• Lightweight and foldable, includes a sealable bag for easy transportation
Technical data
Article number Size Proximal residual Distal residual limb Sock length Colour Colour seam
limb circumference circumference
OC1560=XS XS 39 cm 25 cm 40 cm Blue Yellow
Information material OC1560=S S 43 cm 27 cm 43 cm Blue Red
646D386=GB OC1560 EasyFit donning aid OC1560=M M 56 cm 29 cm 43 cm Blue Lilac
product information
OC1560=L L 68 cm 36 cm 43 cm Blue Green
647G970 OC1560 EasyFit donning aid
OC1560=XL XL 78 cm 36 cm 43 cm Blue Light blue
OC1560=XXL XXL 80 cm 36 cm 60 cm Blue Pink
Practical recommendation OC1560

Using the EasyFit donning aid in combination with the threadless 21Y14 PushValve one-way
valve makes prosthesis donning even easier.

EasyFit
Processing and usage examples for OC1560
1. Spread out the EasyFit donning aid and 4. Pull the top half of the donning aid 5. The pull-through aid and the strap of the
the included pull-through aid. through the lower gap between the strap donning aid are now tied to each other.
2. Turn the halves of the EasyFit donning and the loop.
aid in to each other to the lower seam.
The loop should face outwards.
3. Attach the pull-through aid for addi-
tional help:
Pull the strap on the donning aid
through the loop on the pull-through aid.
6. Now use both hands to pull the EasyFit 7. Finally, use the strap to slowly pull the
donning aid over the transfemoral EasyFit donning aid out of the prosthetic
residual limb like a sock, avoiding any socket through the valve opening.
wrinkles. Position the socket over the
residual limb so the strap of the EasyFit
donning aid or the pull-through aid
can be put through the socket’s valve
opening after getting into the socket.

EasyFit
EasyFit Arm donning aid

Reference number OC1560
• For arm prostheses with a valve opening

• Kids’ size available
• Easy donning that saves time and energy
• Comfortable feeling when donning
• High-quality, durable material
• Suitable for machine washing
• Foldable and lightweight
Technical data
Article number Size Proximal residual Distal residual limb Sock length Colour Colour seam
limb circumference circumference
OC1560=KIDS KIDS 29 cm 15 cm 21 cm Green Multi-coloured
Information material OC1560=TR TR 42 cm 22 cm 25 cm Green Orange
646D536=EN OC1560 EasyFit Arm OC1560=TH TH 47 cm 28 cm 34 cm Green Dark green
donning aid product
information
647G969 OC1560 EasyFit Arm
donning aid instructions
for use
Processing and usage examples for OC1560
1. Fully spread out the EasyFit Arm 2. Turn half the length of the EasyFit Arm 3. Pull the EasyFit Arm donning aid like a
donning aid before using it. donning aid into the other half up to the sock over the residual limb with as few
lower seam (loop facing out). wrinkles as possible. Guide the socket
over the residual limb so that the loop
of the EasyFit Arm donning aid can be
pulled through the socket valve opening
after applying the socket.
4. Finally, use the loop to slowly pull the

EasyFit Arm donning aid out of the pros-
thetic socket through the valve opening.
If the residual limb is not properly posi-
tioned in the prosthetic socket, repeat
the process.

Straps and belts
Transtibial suspension sleeve

• To reduce rotation movements and pistoning in transtibial prostheses

• For the transfer of force and fixation of the prosthesis on the body
• To improve guiding and control of the prosthesis
• Universal application for the left and right sides; available in various sizes
• Loops make it easy to put on the suspension sleeve with minimal effort
• Incl. hook-and-loop-compatible closure for an adjustable fit
• High hook-and-loop strength
• The breathable, thin strap made of polyamide and spandex is very comfortable to wear
• Low weight makes body perception and control possible
• High abrasion resistance of the strap
• Secure hold of the prosthesis due to Neopren® anti-slip strip at the distal end of the
suspension sleeve
Information material • Latex-free
647G1074=ALL_INT 21B4 transtibial • Robust and durable
suspension sleeve
40

Technical data
Article number Side Size Knee centre Circumference 15 cm Colour
circumference distal centre of knee
21B4=S universal S 28–39 cm 24 - 36 cm Beige
21B4=M universal M 31–46 cm 28 - 40 cm Beige
21B4=L universal L 35–53 cm 32 - 46 cm Beige
21B4=XL universal XL 38–60 cm 36 - 52 cm Beige
21B4=XXL universal XXL 42–66 cm 40 - 58 cm Beige

Straps and belts
Neoprene® TES belt

• To reduce rotation movements and pistoning in transfemoral prostheses

• Universal application for the left and right sides; available in various sizes
• Incl. hook-and-loop-compatible closure for an adjustable fit
• Intuitive closure
• Circular strap around the pelvis made of double laminated Neopren®
• Extra padding for the hip bones
suspension sleeve
• Latex-free
Information material • Good shape retention
646D829=EN 21B3/21B37 TES belt
product information 40
647G1073=ALL_INT 21B3 Neoprene® TES belt
Technical data
Article number Side Size For hip circumference Socket edge Colour
21B3=S universal S 60 - 74 cm 36-40 cm Beige
21B3=M universal M 66 - 80 cm 40-44 cm Beige
21B3=L universal L 76 - 90 cm 44-48 cm Beige
21B3=XL universal XL 86 - 100 cm 48-52 cm Beige
21B3=XXL universal XXL 96 - 110 cm 52-56 cm Beige

Straps and belts
TES belt
• To reduce rotation movements and pistoning in transfemoral prostheses

• Custom sizes available (depending, for example, on the side, socket brim)
• Intuitive closure on the pelvic belt with hook-and-loop straps and buckles for a custom fit
• The breathable, thin pelvic belt made of polyamide and spandex is very comfortable to
wear
• Low weight makes body perception and control possible
• High abrasion resistance of the pelvic belt
• Additional padding for edge protection
Information material suspension sleeve
646D829=EN 21B3/21B37 TES belt • Latex-free
product information
• Robust and durable
647G1072=ALL_INT 21B37 TES belt
40

Technical data
Article number Side Size For hip Socket edge Colour
circumference
21B37=L1 left S 60 – 74 cm 36 – 40 cm Beige
21B37=L2 left M 66 – 80 cm 40 – 44 cm Beige
21B37=L3 left L 76 – 90 cm 44 – 48 cm Beige
21B37=L4 left XL 86 – 100 cm 48 – 52 cm Beige
21B37=L5 left XXL 96 – 110 cm 52 – 56 cm Beige
21B37=R1 right S 60 – 74 cm 36 – 40 cm Beige
21B37=R2 right M 66 – 80 cm 40 – 44 cm Beige
21B37=R3 right L 76 – 90 cm 44 – 48 cm Beige
21B37=R4 right XL 86 – 100 cm 48 – 52 cm Beige
21B37=R5 right XXL 96 – 110 cm 52 – 56 cm Beige

Straps and belts
Silesian belt
• Reduction of rotation movements and pistoning in transfemoral prostheses

• Consisting of pelvic belt, fastening strap and button piece
• Chrome tanned leather
• Universal size
• Individually adaptable
Technical data
Article number
21B21
Support belt
• For 21B21 Silesian belt

• Universal size
Technical data
Article number
21B22
Silesian belt, modified


• Consisting of pelvic belt, fastening strap and button piece
• With integrated tether
• Universal size
Technical data
Article number
21B33
647G48 21B33 silesian belt,
modified instructions for use

Straps and belts
Mask fixation
• For the fixation of scar compression masks for the face

• With elastic straps (including suspension buckles and Plexidur pad buttons)
• Lightweight and skin-friendly fabric
• Breathable
Technical data
Article number Fixing straps Order unit
88M10=5 5 hook-and-loop closures Piece
Buckle strap
• With buckle piece, buckle protector and welded roller buckle

Technical data
21Y56=240 240 mm 20 mm
21Y56=280 280 mm 20 mm
21Y56=320 320 mm 20 mm
Buckle piece
• With welded roller buckle

Technical data
Article number Width
21Y58=20 20 mm

Straps and belts
Buckle strap
• With buckle piece, buckle protector and welded roller buckle

• Lohgar leather
Technical data
21Y60=240 240 mm 20 mm
21Y60=280 280 mm 20 mm
21Y60=320 320 mm 20 mm
Buckle piece
• With welded roller buckle

• Lohgar leather
Technical data
Article number Width
21Y62=20 20 mm

Closure technology
Tensioning clip
• inely adjustable closure

F
• Easy to use
• Easy to release
Technical data
Article number Length Weight Colour
21B43=W 5.6 cm 15 g White
ҏҏ Please order 21B44 or 21B44=W strap along with the tensioning clip.
Strap
• For 21B43 tensioning clip

• High durability
Technical data
21B42 17.5 cm 1.5 cm Black Piece
21B42=W 17.5 cm 1.5 cm White Piece
Strap, treated
• For 21B43 tensioning clip

• High durability
Technical data
21B44 15.6 cm 1.5 cm Black Piece
21B44=W 15.6 cm 1.5 cm White Piece

Closure technology
RevoFit2 diagnostics
• Closure and adjustment mechanism for prosthetic sockets

• Set for check socket
• Flexible positioning of the reel housing via individual selection of the course of the pull
cord (straight or parallel)
• Pull cord length supports various design possibilities
• Small housing footprint for individual positioning
• Offers an improved fit and optimises the comfort of the prosthesis
• Minute adjustments can be made on the go
• Easy, one-handed operation by turning the BOA® reel
• Quick opening and closing
• Lightweight
646D1440=EN_INT 514Z13/514Z14 RevoFit2 Technical data
product brief
Article number
Product example 514Z13
BOA® is a registered trademark of Boa Technology, Inc.

Closure technology
RevoFit2 lamination
• Closure and adjustment mechanism for prosthetic sockets

• Set for laminated socket
• Flexible positioning of the reel housing via individual selection of the course of the pull
cord (straight or parallel)
• Pull cord length supports various design possibilities
• Small housing footprint for individual positioning
• Offers an improved fit and optimises the comfort of the prosthesis
• Lightweight
646D1440=EN_INT 514Z13/514Z14 RevoFit2 Technical data
product brief
Article number
Product example 514Z14
RevoFit2 spare parts set

• Spare part set for RevoFit2 consisting of pull cord, threading aid and BOA® tool
Technical data
Article number
514Z114
646D1440=EN_INT 514Z13/514Z14 RevoFit2
product brief
9

Closure technology
QuickFit strap
• Closure and adjustment mechanism for orthoses

• Individual adaptation of the compression and support provided by the orthosis
• Length can be individually shortened
• Lightweight material
• Can be combined with 514Z21 QuickFit buckle
Technical data
Information material 514Z20=25-7 Approx. 73–63 cm Approx. 25 mm Black
646D1441=EN_INT 514Z20/514Z21 QuickFit strap/ 514Z20=38-7 Approx. 73–63 cm Approx. 38 mm Black
QuickFit buckle produkt brief
514Z20=50-7 Approx. 73–63 cm Approx. 50 mm Black
Product example

Closure technology
QuickFit buckle
• Closure mechanism for orthoses

• The magnetic component ensures that the mechanism can be aligned and locked
effortlessly
• Can be opened easily and intuitively with one hand
• Lightweight material
• Can be combined with 514Z20 QuickFit strap
Technical data
514Z21=25-7 Approx. 18 cm Approx. 25 mm Black
646D1441=EN_INT 514Z20/514Z21 QuickFit strap/
QuickFit buckle produkt brief
Product example

Closure technology
SafeLock buckle
• Magnetic closure that engages mechanically for use in orthosis fabrication

• Suitable for hand, shoulder, torso, knee and ankle orthoses depending on the size
• Plastic
• Self-actuating, secure closing via magnetic pull
• Easy, intuitive opening with one hand by pushing sideways
• Different sizes for strap widths of 20, 30 and 40 mm
• High load capacity (max. 55 kg)
Technical data
Article number Length Width Clear width Height Colour Order unit
514Z8=20-7 46 mm 22 mm 20 mm 12 mm Black Piece
Product example 514Z8=30-7 62 mm 42 mm 30 mm 10 mm Black Piece
514Z8=40-7 74 mm 48.8 mm 40 mm 10 mm Black Piece
SafeLock slider
• Magnetic closure that engages mechanically for use in orthosis fabrication

• Suitable for torso, knee and ankle orthoses
• Plastic
• Self-actuating, secure closing via magnetic pull
• Easy, intuitive opening with one hand by pushing sideways
• High load capacity (max. 40 kg)
Technical data
Article number Length Width Clear width Height Colour Order unit
514Z9=40-7 58 mm 47 mm 40 mm 15 mm Black Piece
Product example

Closure technology
Clip fastener
• Plastic
Technical data
Article image Article number Clear width Colour
29R127=25 25 mm White
29R127=30 30 mm Black
Roll loop
• With plastic roller and plastic attachment plate

• Prevents the loops from twisting
Technical data
Article number Clear width Colour
21Y92=35 35 mm White
21Y92=50 50 mm White
21Y92=35-7 39 mm Black
21Y92=50-7 50 mm Black
Strap guide loop

Reference number 514U2
• Plastic
Technical data
Article number Clear width Colour
514U2=20 20 mm White
514U2=38-7 38 mm Black 9
514U2=50-7 50 mm Black

Closure technology
Pad button
• For use with the 170D20 strap guide loop for pad button
Technical data
Article number Thread Length Order unit
170D17 M5 2 mm Piece
Strap guide loop for pad button

• For use with the 170D17 pad button

Technical data
Article number Spare part for Colour Order unit
170D20=0 170K1=L-80-0 Beige Piece
170K1=R-120-0
170K1=R-80-0
170K1=L-120-0
170D20=7 170K1=L-120-7 Black Piece
170K1=L-80-7
170K1=R-120-7
170K1=R-80-7
Belting
• Especially well suited for 514Z8 SafeLock buckle and 514Z9 SafeLock slider
• Soft, rounded outer edge
• High strength
• Inelastic
Technical data
Article number Width Colour Minimum order quantity
623H29=20-7 20 mm Black 1m
623H29=30-7 30 mm Black 1m
623H29=40-7 40 mm Black 1m
623H29=50-7 50 mm Black 1m

Closure technology
Elastic strap
• 62% polyamide, 38% spandex

Technical data
Article number Width Colour Original roll Minimum order
quantity
623G60=20-9 20 mm Beige 25 m 1m
623G60=25-9 25 mm Beige 25 m 1m
623G60=33-9 33 mm Beige 25 m 1m
623G60=48-9 48 mm Beige 25 m 1m
Elastic strap
• 82% viscose and 18% spandex

• Glossy terrycloth texture
• Longitudinal elongation approx. 70%
Technical data
Article number Width Original roll Colour
623G1=20 20 mm 25 m Beige/white
Elastic strap
• 42% viscose, 37% cotton and 21% spandex

• Longitudinal elongation approx. 45 %
Technical data
Article number Width Original roll Colour
623G3=21 21 mm 25 m Grey/white
9

Closure technology
Elastic double strap

• For 29R127 clip closure

• 42% viscose, 37% cotton and 21% spandex
40

Technical data
623G4=1 1m 30 mm Grey/white
623G4=5 5m 30 mm Grey/white
Hook-and-loop closure strap

• For fast, detachable connections

• Hook-and-loop strap
• 100% polyamide
• Can be refastened many times
• Flexible
60

Technical data
quantity
623Z1=20 20 mm White 25 m 1m
623Z1=25 25 mm White 25 m 1m
623Z1=30 30 mm White 25 m 1m
623Z1=50 50 mm White 25 m 1m

Close before washing to protect the closure and/or other items in the wash.

Closure technology
Hook-and-loop closure strap


• 100% polyamide
• Flexible
40

Technical data
quantity
623Z12=25 25 mm Salmon 25 m 1m
623Z12=30 30 mm Salmon 25 m 1m
623Z12=50 50 mm Salmon 25 m 1m


Closure technology
Elastogrip closure
• Polyamide/spandex
• Longitudinally elastic
• Flexible
40

Technical data
Article image Article number Width Colour Original roll Minimum order
quantity
623Z2=30-5 30 mm Blue 25 m 1m
623Z2=50-5 50 mm Blue 25 m 1m
623Z2=30-6 30 mm White 25 m 1m
623Z2=50-6 50 mm White 25 m 1m
623Z2=30-7 30 mm Black 25 m 1m
623Z2=50-7 50 mm Black 25 m 1m


Closure technology
Hook-and-loop hook strap, self-adhesive


• 100% polyamide
• Flexible
Technical data
quantity
623Z8=W25 25 mm White 25 m 1m
623Z8=W50 50 mm White 25 m 1m
Loop-velour strap
• Ideal for orthosis straps

• For closure types with higher loads, e.g. walking orthoses
• Woven polyamide bordered in velour
• Various widths and colours available
• Both sides compatible with hook-and-loop
• Flexible
30

Technical data
quantity
623Z96=30-0 30 mm Beige 25 m 1m
623Z96=38-0 38 mm Beige 25 m 1m
623Z96=50-0 50 mm Beige 25 m 1m
623Z96=30-7 30 mm Black 25 m 1m
623Z96=38-7 38 mm Black 25 m 1m
623Z96=50-7 50 mm Black 25 m 1m 9

We recommend using micro hook-and-loop on velour and hook on loop.

Closure technology
Hook-and-loop strap
• Ideal for FreeWalk orthosis

• 100% polyamide
• Flexible
40

Technical data
Article number Spare part for Length Width Colour Quantity unit
170Z4=400-0 170K1=L-80-0 400 mm 40 mm Beige Piece
170K1=R-80-0
170K1=R-120-0
170K1=L-120-0
170Z4=400-7 170K1=L-80-7 400 mm 40 mm Black Piece
170K1=R-80-7
170K1=L-120-7
170K1=R-120-7
170Z4=600-0 170K1=L-80-0 600 mm 40 mm Beige Piece
170K1=R-80-0
170K1=L-120-0
170K1=R-120-0
170Z4=600-7 170K1=L-80-7 600 mm 40 mm Black Piece
170K1=R-80-7
170K1=L-120-7
170K1=R-120-7

“2-in-1” hook-and-loop closure strap


• Simplifies closure system zoning
• Mix of hook and loop strap
• 100% polyamide
• Flexible
30

Technical data
quantity
623Z4=30-7 30 mm Black 25 m 25 m
623Z4=38-7 38 mm Black 25 m 25 m
623Z4=50-7 50 mm Black 25 m 25 m


Closure technology
Micro hook-and-loop, self-adhesive

• Recommended especially in combination with 623P3 terry cloth padding fabric and with
623F* ComforTex
• Self-adhesive
• No additional bulk when fastening textile padding fabrics
• Facilitates very flexible connections
30

Technical data
Article image Article number Width Colour Minimum order
quantity
623Z4=50-6 50 mm White 10 m
623Z200=100-7 100 mm Black 10 m

Closure technology
Y-hook-and-loop with PU coating

• For adapting straps, e.g. directly on the patient

• Particularly suitable for 623Z96 loop-velour strap
• For closure types with higher loads, e.g. walking orthoses
• Polyester with PU coating
• Micro hook-and-loop/micro hook-and-loop (single side: heavy hook-and-loop)
• Various widths available
• Low bulk due to use of micro hook-and-loop only
• User-friendly design with “Open” embossing
• Easy to clean thanks to PU coating
• Washable with a damp cloth
• Flexible
Technical data
170D29=30-0 30 mm Beige
170D29=38-0 38 mm Beige
170D29=50-0 50 mm Beige
170D29=30-7 30 mm Black
170D29=38-7 38 mm Black
170D29=50-7 50 mm Black

We recommend using micro hook-and-loop on velour and hook on loop.
Y-hook-and-loop
• For adapting straps, e.g. directly on the patient

• For loop straps of the FreeWalk orthosis
• 100% polyamide
• Flexible
60

Technical data
170D21=38-0 38 mm Beige
170D21=38-7 38 mm Black


Closure technology
Hook-and-loop strap with pad

• Orthotics: leg, torso, arm orthotics

• Prosthetics: lower limb, upper limb prosthetics
• Pad with guide loops: stable positioning of the pad on the hook-and-loop strap using the
four guide loops, good padding properties, extremely resilient, material: polyamide,
polyurethane foam with microfibre film
• Hook-and-loop strap and strap guide loop: sturdy strap guide loop with long loop strap,
very good surface stability, soft hook-and-loop strap, no sharp outside edges, can be
re-closed multiple times, very high closing force, very good tensile strength, material:
polyamide
• Strap and pad can be individually cut to length
• Individual positioning is possible
• Comfortable on the skin
Information material • Quick-drying
646D1475=EN_INT 29Y63/29Z63 hook-and-loop
strap with pad product brief
40

Technical data
Article number Width Length Colour
29Y63=20-7 20 mm 365 mm Black
29Y63=30-7 30 mm 410 mm Black
29Y63=40-7 40 mm 440 mm Black
29Y63=50-7 50 mm 455 mm Black
Pad for hook-and-loop strap

• Orthotics: leg, torso, arm orthotics

• Prosthetics: lower limb, upper limb prosthetics
• Polyamide
• PU flexible foam
• Stable positioning of the pad on the hook-and-loop strap using the four guide loops
• Extremely resilient
• Pad can be individually cut to length
• Individual positioning is possible
• Comfortable on the skin
• Quick-drying
646D1475=EN_INT 29Y63/29Z63 hook-and-loop
40
strap with pad product brief
Technical data
Article number Width Length Colour
29Z63=20-7 20 mm 110 mm Black
29Z63=30-7 30 mm 115 mm Black 9
29Z63=40-7 40 mm 125 mm Black
29Z63=50-7 50 mm 135 mm Black

Closure technology
Hook-and-loop closure

• 21Y122=38-7: with reinforced strap guide loop
• 21Y122=50-7: both sides with hook strip and two strap guide loops
• 100% polyamide
• Flexible
60

Technical data
Article image Article number Width Colour
21Y122=38-7 38 mm Black
21Y122=50-7 50 mm Black


Closure technology
PU hook-and-loop closure
Reference number 21Y75N
• Closure technology for orthopaedic technology

• Especially for closure types with higher loads, e.g. walking orthoses
• Polyamide with PU coating
• Heavy-duty hook-and-loop
• With strap guide loop and flap
• User-friendly thanks to the absence of hooks at the beginning of the closure
• Abrasion-proof, smooth surface
• Easy to clean thanks to PU coating
• Not bulky
Information material • Washable with a damp cloth
646D1471=EN_INT 21Y75N PU hook-and-loop • Attractive design
closure product brief
Technical data
21Y75N=280X16-7 280 mm 16 mm Black
21Y75N=280X25-7 280 mm 25 mm Black
21Y75N=400X40-7 400 mm 40 mm Black
21Y75N=680X50-7 680 mm 50 mm Black
Hook-and-loop closure with weld seams


• With strap guide loop
• 100% polyamide
• Individually adaptable length due to welding seam
• Very good inherent stiffness
• Flexible
• Skin-friendly thanks to velour

30

Technical data
21Y78=420-40-7 420 mm 40 mm Black
21Y78=420-50-7 420 mm 50 mm Black
21Y78=650-40-7 650 mm 40 mm Black
21Y78=650-50-7 650 mm 50 mm Black
9

Closure technology

• 100% polyamide
• Flexible
60

Technical data
21Y78=25-0 420 mm 25 mm Beige
21Y78=30-0 420 mm 30 mm Beige
21Y78=38-0 420 mm 38 mm Beige
21Y78=50-0 420 mm 50 mm Beige
21Y78=25-2 350 mm 25 mm Red
21Y78=30-2 350 mm 30 mm Red
21Y78=38-2 350 mm 38 mm Red
21Y78=50-2 350 mm 50 mm Red
21Y78=25-4 350 mm 25 mm Yellow
21Y78=30-4 350 mm 30 mm Yellow
21Y78=38-4 350 mm 38 mm Yellow
21Y78=50-4 350 mm 50 mm Yellow
21Y78=25-5 350 mm 25 mm Blue
21Y78=30-5 350 mm 30 mm Blue
21Y78=38-5 350 mm 38 mm Blue
21Y78=50-5 350 mm 50 mm Blue
21Y78=25-6 350 mm 25 mm White
21Y78=30-6 350 mm 30 mm White
21Y78=38-6 350 mm 38 mm White
21Y78=50-6 350 mm 50 mm White
21Y78=25-7 350 mm 25 mm Black
21Y78=30-7 350 mm 30 mm Black
21Y78=38-7 350 mm 38 mm Black
21Y78=50-7 350 mm 50 mm Black


Closure technology
• For 28U9 lower leg orthoses

• 100% polyamide
• Flexible
60

Technical data
623Z3=38X270 270 mm 38 mm Beige
623Z3=38X310 310 mm 38 mm Beige


Setting nuts, screws and rivets
Lamination disc
• For fabricating sockets

• Can be used in combination with Ottobock Orthocryl resins and silicones
• Facilitates good absorption of resin, particularly by the underlying reinforcement
materials
• “Invisible” frame fixation
• No corrosion
Technical data
Article number Thread
29Y57 M4
Setting nut/insert nut

• Stainless steel
• With knurled shoulder
• Secure support
Technical data
Article number Thread Head Ø Shoulder Ø Length Order unit
29C3=M4 M4 10 mm 5 mm 3.6 mm Piece
Setting nut
• For thin laminates in orthotics

• Stainless steel
• Flat
• With knurled shoulder
• Secure support
Technical data
Article number Thread Head Ø Shoulder Ø Length
29C5=M4X7X2.4 M4 7 mm 5.5 mm 2.4 mm
29C5=M4X7 M4 7 mm 5.5 mm 3.6 mm
29C5=M4X9 M4 9 mm 5.5 mm 3.6 mm
29C5=M5X9 M5 9 mm 6.5 mm 9 mm
29C5=M5X18 M5 18 mm 6.5 mm 3.6 mm

Lamination disk, serrated

• For laminating
• For the attachment of straps and pull cables, e.g. for orthotic joints
• Subsequently cutting an M4 thread is possible.
• Stainless steel
• With external teeth
Technical data
Article number Accessories for Outside Ø Borehole Ø Thickness
507S15 743A18 13.8 mm 3 mm 1.5 mm
Setting nut
• Stainless steel
• With large shoulder
Technical data
Article number Thread Head Ø Shoulder Ø Length
29C6 M4 20 mm 8 mm 7.5 mm
Bandage rosette
• or attaching straps and belts in the lamination technique or with rivets

F
• With 3 rivet holes
Technical data
Article number Thread Washer Ø
21Y5=M4 M4 21.5 mm
21Y5=M5 M5 21.5 mm

Carrying strap rosette

• For attaching straps and belts in the lamination technique or with rivets
• With 3 rivet holes
• Free-cutting steel
Technical data
Article number Thread Washer Ø
21Y27 M4 27 mm
Bandage rosette
• For attaching straps with screw connections

• With nuts
Technical data
Article number Thread
21Y6 M4
T-nut
Reference number 502E1
• For SACH feet

• Galvanised
Technical data
Article number Thread Length
502E1=M4X8 M4 8 mm
502E1=M5X8 M5 8 mm
502E1=M6 M6 9 mm
502E1=M6X12 M6 12 mm
502E1=M8X17 M8 17 mm
502E1=M10X16 M10 16 mm

Attachment plate
• For Silesian belt

• With riveted pad button
• Very sturdy means of fastening
Technical data
Article number Head Ø
21Y17 5.5 mm
Attachment plate
• For Silesian belt

• With riveted pad button
• Very sturdy means of fastening
Technical data
Article number Head Ø
21Y31 10 mm
Socket screw with Allen head

• For universal fastening applications

• Stainless steel
• Flat head so there is little bulging
• Allen head ensures that there are no sharp edges as is the case with slotted screws
Technical data
Article number Thread Thread length Head Ø Minimum order
quantity
503F3 M4 7 mm 8 mm 1 piece(s)
503F3=M4X8-20 M4 7 mm 8 mm 20 piece(s)
503F3=M4X8-100 M4 7 mm 8 mm 100 piece(s)

Phillips countersunk head screw

• For universal fastening applications

• Stainless steel
• Countersunk screw, flush with material surface after mounting
Technical data
Article number Thread Length
501T19=M3X12-1 M3 12 mm
501T19=M4X6 M4 6 mm
501T19=M4X8 M4 8 mm
501T19=M4X10 M4 10 mm
501T19=M4X12 M4 12 mm
501T19=M4X14-1 M4 14 mm
501T19=M4X16-1 M4 16 mm
501T19=M4X20 M4 20 mm
501T19=M5X10 M5 10 mm
501T19=M5X18 M5 18 mm
Slotted truss head screw/Hessing screw

• For universal fastening applications, e.g. wood to metal

• Stainless steel
Technical data
Article number Thread Thread length Head Ø
501S16=M4X8X10 M4 8 mm 10 mm
501S16=M4X10X10 M4 10 mm 10 mm
Socket screw with slot

• For universal fastening applications, e.g. wood to metal

• Stainless steel
• DIN 85-A2
Technical data
501S33=M4X12X8 M4 12 mm 8 mm

Phillips head screw

• For belt attachments

• Available with white or black plastic head
Technical data
Article number Thread Length Colour
29Y27=M4X6-6 M4 6 mm White
29Y27=M4X8-6 M4 8 mm White
29Y27=M4X10-6 M4 10 mm White
29Y27=M4X12-6 M4 12 mm White
29Y27=M4X20-6 M4 20 mm White
29Y27=M4X6-7 M4 6 mm Black
29Y27=M4X8-7 M4 8 mm Black
29Y27=M4X12-7 M4 12 mm Black
29Y27=M4X20-7 M4 20 mm Black
Rosette screw
• Nickel-plated
Technical data
501S3=M4 M4 8 mm 15 mm
501S3=M5 M5 8 mm 15 mm
Two hole joint nut

• With metric thread
Technical data
Article number Thread Head Ø
502R1=M4X14 M4 14 mm
502R1=M5X16 M5 16 mm
502R1=M5X18 M5 18 mm
502R1=M6X20 M6 20 mm
502R1=M8X18 M8 18 mm

Carrying strap screw head

• For the attachment of belts and straps

• Stainless steel
Technical data
Article number Thread Thread length Head Ø Head height
516S5 M4 6.5 mm 14 mm 7 mm
Pad screw head


• Stainless steel, nickel-plated
Technical data
Article number Thread Thread length Head Ø Head height Base Ø
516S3 M4 5.5 mm 6 mm 6.5 mm 8 mm
Pad screw head


• Plexidur
Technical data
Article number Head height Stud Ø Stud length Shoulder height
516N8=9 9 mm 4 mm 10 mm 3 mm
516N8=12 200 mm 5 mm 10 mm 4 mm

Countersunk head wood screw, slotted

• For screwing wood

• Steel, nickel-plated
• Oval head
• Countersunk screw, flush with material surface after mounting
Technical data
Article number Diameter Length
503L1=3X20 3 mm 20 mm
Brass pins
• For fastening, e.g. brass plates

• With round head and screw thread
Technical data
Article number Head Ø Length Minimum order quantity
506A1=1.3X13 1.3 mm 13 mm 0.25 kg
Washer / lamination disk

Reference number 507U3
• For distributing a screw force on a larger surface area

• Prevents the screw head from sinking in or digging into the material
• Brass
Technical data
Article number Outside Ø Borehole Ø Thickness
507U3=8X3X0.5 8 mm 3 mm 0.5 mm
507U3=10X3X0.5 10 mm 3 mm 0.5 mm
507U3=12X3X0.5 200 mm 3 mm 0.5 mm
507U3=14X3.2X2 14 mm 3.2 mm 2 mm
507U3=14X4X0.5 14 mm 4 mm 0.5 mm
507U3=18X4X0.5 18 mm 4 mm 0.5 mm

Double hollow rivet

• For permanent connections

• Open lower part, closed upper part
• Iron, nickel-plated
• No thread necessary
Technical data
Article number Head Ø Length Minimum order quantity
504H1=7-100 7 mm 8.3 mm 100 pieces
504H1=10-100 10 mm 9.5 mm 100 pieces
504H1=12-100 12 mm 11.7 mm 100 pieces
504H1=7-1000 7 mm 8.3 mm 1000 pieces
504H1=10-1000 10 mm 9.5 mm 1000 pieces
504H1=12-1000 12 mm 11.7 mm 1000 pieces
Hollow rivet
• Can be used for the attachment of, for example, straps and flaps
• Open lower part, open upper part
• Brass, nickel-plated
Technical data
Article number Head Ø Minimum order quantity
504H3=7-100 7 mm 100 pieces
504H3=11-100 11 mm 100 pieces
504H3=13-100 13 mm 100 pieces
504H3=7-1000 7 mm 1000 pieces
504H3=11-1000 11 mm 1000 pieces
504H3=13-1000 13 mm 1000 pieces
Eyelet
• For fabric corsets

• Iron, nickel-plated
Technical data
Article number Hole Ø Length Fits insertion plunger
515A1 4 mm 4 mm 702A1=2

Iron rivet

• With flat head
• Iron, galvanised
Technical data
Article number Diameter Length Minimum order quantity
504F1=3X10 3 mm 10 mm 1000 pieces
504F1=3X12 3 mm 12 mm 1000 pieces
504F1=3X15 3 mm 15 mm 1000 pieces
504F1=3X25 3 mm 25 mm 1000 pieces
504F1=3X30 3 mm 30 mm 1000 pieces
504F1=4X20 4 mm 20 mm 1000 pieces
504F1=4X25 4 mm 25 mm 1000 pieces
Copper rivet

• With flat head
• Copper
Technical data
504F2=3X6 3 mm 6 mm 1000 pieces
504F2=3X8 3 mm 8 mm 1000 pieces
Light metal rivet


• With flat head
• Aluminium
Technical data
504F3=3X6 3 mm 6 mm 1000 pieces
504F3=3X12 3 mm 12 mm 1000 pieces

Parting agents and lubricants
Silicone grease 400, medium

• As corrosion protection for plug connections, e.g. Myo, E-MAG Active (cable connectors)
• As corrosion protection, e.g. for drive units
• For the planetary gear train of the drive unit in upper limb prosthetics
• For isolating components in the lamination technique
• Very good resistance to heat and cold
• High resistance to ageing
• Good film forming capacity
Technical data
633F11 0.1 kg Tube
633F11=1 1 kg Can
Silicone grease
• Ideal lubricating layer during vacuum forming on all plaster models (also possible
without sock)
• Simplifies the fabrication of consistent wall thicknesses
• Thixotrope
• Air permeable
• Not hardening
Technical data
633F50=1 1 kg
633F50=10 10 kg
emove a quantity of 633F50 silicone

R
grease that is sufficient for the model and
apply a thin, even layer to the model.



• CFC-free
Technical data
519L5 0.4 l
Silicone oil
• For silicone brake segments of the Jüpa knee joints

• Parting agent for rubber and plastics
• Lubricant
• Water repellent
Technical data
633X35=0.010 0.01 kg
633X35=5 5 kg
Workshop oil
• Cleaning agent for casting tables

• Cleans soiled, oil-soaked metal components
• Easily removes rust film
• Removes foreign particles
• Silicone, PTFE, acid and resin free and does not resinify
Technical data
633X89=0.500 500 ml
633X89=5 5l

Teflon® spray

• Excellent anti-adhesive properties
• Without grease

Technical data
633T2 300 ml

With a pendulum-like movement, apply thin and even coats, allowing each coat to dry sepa-
rately. Polishing with a cloth enhances the repelling characteristics.
Gliding paste, white

• For machine elements of all kinds that are subject to simultaneous impact stresses and
shaking and/or oscillating movements
• Especially well suited for modular knee joints
• Also suitable as a general assembly paste
• High-performance lubricant for steel (stainless steel, titanium, brass) – also in combina-
tion among each other
• For long-term lubrication under extreme conditions
• High resistance to water
• Good adhesion
• Excellent protection against wear and tear
• Good corrosion protection
Technical data
633F16=1 1 kg Can
Teflon® is a registered trademark of DuPont.

Wax
• For insulating joints, components and dummies

• Easy to process
Technical data
Article image Article number Net contents
633W8=12.2 12.2 g
633W8 425 g
product information
Special lubricant
• For all bar joints (stainless steel), also in combination with plastic, and for steel joints
• In particular for steel on steel lubrication
• High resistance to water
Technical data
633F7=1 1 kg Can
Special lubricant
• For prosthetic joints

• For the following material combinations: metal on plastic, leather on plastic and plastic
on plastic
• Excellent temperature stability (from -25 °C to +120 °C)
• High resistance to cold and hot water
• Excellent flexing resistance
Technical data 9
633G6 0.25 kg Tube

Special lubricant
• For gliding surfaces and frictional contacts that are subject to high loads and simultane-
ously require “non-contaminating” lubrication, particularly at low to medium speeds
• For all accessible gear wheels and axes in System Electric Hands and System Electric
Greifers
• Good water resistance
• High load-bearing capacity

Technical data
633F14=0.050 0.05 kg Tube
633F14=1 1 kg Can

Profiles and metal sheets
Light metal profile bar

• For fabricating system bars

• Aluminium
• Strength: approx. 400 N/mm²
• Round edges
• Good malleability by bending
Technical data
Article number Length Width Thickness Material Order unit
605P8=14 1000 mm 14 mm 5 mm Aluminium Piece
605P8=20-12 305 mm 20 mm 5 mm Aluminium Piece
Stainless steel profile bar

• For fabricating system bars

• High strength: approx. 800–950 N/mm²
• Round edges
• Spot weldable
• Good malleability by bending
Technical data
Article number Length Width Thickness Material Order unit
651P4=16 2000 mm 16 mm 4 mm Stainless steel Piece
651P4=20 2000 mm 20 mm 4 mm Stainless steel Piece
Spring band steel profile bar

• Stainless steel
• High strength: approx. 1400 N/mm²
• Round edges
• Cold-rolled
Technical data
651B1=12 2000 mm 12 mm 2 mm

Flat steel
• Flat steel
• Hot-rolled
• Uncoated surface
• Etched
• Oil-free
Technical data
603F1=24X8 3000 mm 24 mm 8 mm
Straps
• For structural and conventional orthosis fabrication

• For modular joint systems (orthoses)
• Different versions (sheet steel, aluminium plate, stainless steel and titanium) available
Technical data
Article number Length Width Thickness Material
17Z5=192 192 mm 30 mm 2 mm Aluminium sheet metal
17Z9=192 192 mm 30 mm 1.5 mm Stainless steel
17Z9=235 235 mm 30 mm 1.5 mm Stainless steel
17Z9=280 280 mm 30 mm 2 mm Stainless steel
17Z9=325 325 mm 30 mm 2 mm Stainless steel
17Z10=192 192 mm 30 mm 1.6 mm Titanium
17Z10=235 235 mm 30 mm 1.6 mm Titanium
17Z10=280 280 mm 30 mm 2 mm Titanium
17Z10=325 325 mm 30 mm 2 mm Titanium
Seating tape
• For structural and conventional orthosis fabrication

• For modular joint systems (orthoses)
• In particular as proximal reinforcement band
• Available in stainless steel
Technical data
Article number Length Width Thickness Material
17Z2 320 mm 35 mm 2 mm Stainless steel

Dur aluminum sheet metal

• For fabricating bands and FOs

• Aluminium: approx. 95%; copper, magnesium, manganese: approx. 5%
• Good malleability by beating and bending
Technical data
605T1=1.5 1000 mm 500 mm 1.5 mm
605T1=2 1000 mm 500 mm 2 mm
605T1=2.25 1000 mm 500 mm 2.25 mm
605T1=2.5 1000 mm 500 mm 2.5 mm
605T1=3 1000 mm 500 mm 3 mm
605T1=4 1000 mm 500 mm 4 mm
605T1=5 1000 mm 500 mm 5 mm
Brass sheet (Durana)


• Copper: approx. 63%; zinc: approx. 37%
• Cold-rolled
Technical data
608T1=1.5 1000 mm 600 mm 1.5 mm
608T1=2 1000 mm 600 mm 2 mm

Sheet steel

• Stainless steel (V2A)
• Uncoated surface
• Cold-rolled
Technical data
651T1=1000X1 1000 mm 1000 mm 1 mm

Sanding and polishing – for socket routers
Sanding sleeve
• For 749F6/749F6=T sanding drums and 702L69 grinding roll
Technical data
Article number Outside Ø Width Grain Weight
749Y8=73X200X24 73 mm 190 mm 24 0.12 kg
749Y8=73X200X150 73 mm 190 mm 150 0.07 kg
749Y8=73X200X40 73 mm 200 mm 40 0.1 kg
749Y8=73X200X60 73 mm 200 mm 60 0.08 kg
749Y8=73X200X80 73 mm 200 mm 80 0.07 kg
749Y8=73X200X100 73 mm 200 mm 100 0.07 kg
Sanding sleeve
Technical data
Article number for Outside Ø Width Grain Weight
749Y16=A45 749Z7=M16x45/749Z7=5/8”x45 45 mm 70 mm 40 0.02 kg
polisher/702L68 “Linea” grinding roll
749Y16=B45 749Z7=M16x45/749Z7=5/8”x45 45 mm 70 mm 80 0.015 kg
749Y16=C45 749Z7=M16x45/749Z7=5/8”x45 45 mm 70 mm 120 0.013 kg
749Y16=A60 749Z7=M16x60 / 749Z7=5/8”x60 Polisher 60 mm 70 mm 40 0.03 kg
749Y16=B60 749Z7=M16x60 / 749Z7=5/8”x60 Polisher 60 mm 70 mm 80 0.025 kg
749Y16=C60 749Z7=M16x60 / 749Z7=5/8”x60 Polisher 60 mm 70 mm 120 0.002 kg

Sanding belt
Technical data
749Y7=A45X58 749Z3=M16 / 749Z3=5/8 Habermann 45 mm 50 mm 60 0.015 kg
fine polisher
749Y7=B45X58 749Z3=M16 / 749Z3=5/8 Habermann 45 mm 50 mm 100 0.01 kg
fine polisher
749Y7=C45X58 749Z3=M16 / 749Z3=5/8 Habermann 45 mm 50 mm 150 0.009 kg
fine polisher
fine polisher
fine polisher
fine polisher
fine polisher
fine polisher
fine polisher
fine polisher
fine polisher
fine polisher
Sanding sleeve
• For 749Z8 sanding drum
Technical data
749Y22=A25 25 mm 52 mm 40 (coarse) 0.008 kg
749Y22=C25 25 mm 52 mm 120 (fine) 0.008 kg

Sanding sleeve
Technical data
749Y9=A22 749Z6=M16X22 / 749Z6=5/8”X22 22 mm 20 mm 40 (A) 0.002 kg
Sanding drum
749Y9=C22 749Z6=M16X22 / 749Z6=5/8”X22 22 mm 20 mm 120 (A) 0.002 kg
Sanding drum
749Y9=A30 749Z6=M16X30 / 749Z6=5/8”X30 30 mm 30 mm 40 (A) 0.004 kg
Sanding drum
749Y9=C30 749Z6=M16X30 / 749Z6=5/8”X30 30 mm 30 mm 120 (A) 0.003 kg
Sanding drum
Sanding sleeve
• For 749Z6=M16X30 / 749Z6=5/8”X30 sanding drum
Technical data
749Y90=40 30 mm 30 mm 40 0.004 kg
Sanding sleeve
• For 749Z16=M16 / 749Z16=5/8 sanding drum
Technical data
749Y45=80 11 mm 25 mm 80 0.002 kg
749Y45=150 11 mm 25 mm 150 0.002 kg

Sanding sleeve
Technical data
749Y48=80 16 mm 32 mm 80 0.002 kg
749Y48=150 16 mm 32 mm 150 0.002 kg
Sanding sleeve

• For 702L93 podo grinding roll
Technical data
749Y49=80 21 mm 40 mm 80 0.002 kg
749Y49=150 21 mm 40 mm 150 0.002 kg
Sanding sleeve
Technical data
749Y10=A45 749F8=M16X45/749F8=5/8X45 45 mm 65 mm 40 0.18 kg
sanding cone and 702L94 Podo
grinding roll
749Y10=B45 749F8=M16X45/749F8=5/8X45 45 mm 65 mm 80 0.16 kg
grinding roll
749Y10=A65 749F8=M16X65/749F8=5/8X65 65 mm 90 mm 40 0.41 kg
grinding roll
749Y10=B65 749F8=M16X65/749F8=5/8X65 65 mm 90 mm 80 0.335 kg
grinding roll
ҏҏ Only sold in package units of six pcs.

Pre-cut sanding belt piece

• For 749Z11 smoothing/buffing polisher
Technical data
649G19=80 55 mm 70 mm 80
649G19=120 55 mm 70 mm 120

Sanding and polishing – for belt sanders
Sanding belt
Technical data
Article number for Length Width Grain Weight
649G6=180X30X40 701P25 / 701P3 (old version) 1800 mm 300 mm 40 0.73 kg
Belt sander
649G6=200X25X40 701P4 Belt sander 2000 mm 250 mm 40 0.82 kg
Sanding belt
• For 701P250 belt sander
Technical data
Article number Length Width Grain Weight
649G60=2175X320 2175 mm 320 mm 40 0.912 kg
Sanding belt
• For 701P30 combination disc sander and belt sander
Technical data
649G14=250X60 2500 mm 50 mm 60 0.16 kg
649G14=250X120 2500 mm 50 mm 120 0.16 kg
649G14=250X180 2500 mm 50 mm 205 0.16 kg
649G14=300X60 3000 mm 50 mm 60 0.19 kg
649G14=300X120 3000 mm 50 mm 120 0.19 kg
649G14=300X180 3000 mm 50 mm 205 0.19 kg

Sanding and polishing – orthopaedic footwear specialism/Flexam machines
Sanding belt, 1650 x 40

• For machines for orthopaedic footwear specialism: 701L70=FSBP140 / 701L21=SB85 /

701L21=SB105 / 701L21=SB125 / 701L22=SBW105 / 701L23=FSBW150 /
701L24=LSB115 / 701L24=FLSB145 / 701L25=FSB115 / 701L25=FSB150 /
701L60=SB75 / 701L60=P110 / 701L61=FSB130 / 701L62=115B
Technical data
649G121=24 1650 mm 40 mm 24 0.121 kg
649G121=36 1650 mm 40 mm 36 0.109 kg
649G121=60 1650 mm 40 mm 60 0.083 kg
649G121=80 1650 mm 40 mm 80 0.076 kg
649G121=120 1650 mm 40 mm 120 0.061 kg

• For machines for orthopaedic footwear specialism: 701L20=S60-A / 701L20=S125 /

701L21=SB60 / 701L21=SB85 / 701L21=SB105 / 701L21=SB125 / 701L24=LSB115 /
701L24=LSB120 / 701L24=FLSB145 / 701L25=FSB115 / 701L25=FSB150 /
701L51=S50 / 701L60= SB75 / 701L60=P110 / 701L61=FSB130 / 701L62=115B
Technical data
649G124=24 1480 mm 100 mm 24 0.272 kg
649G124=36 1480 mm 100 mm 36 0.244 kg
649G124=60 1480 mm 100 mm 60 0.186 kg
649G124=80 1480 mm 100 mm 80 0.17 kg

• For machines for orthopaedic footwear specialism: 701L21=SB125 /

701L23=FSBW150 / 701L25=FSB150 / 701L61=FSB130
Technical data
649G125=24 1650 mm 100 mm 24 0.304 kg
649G125=36 1650 mm 100 mm 36 0.272 kg
649G125=60 1650 mm 100 mm 60 0.208 kg
649G125=80 1650 mm 100 mm 80 0.19 kg
649G125=120 1650 mm 100 mm 120 0.152 kg


• For 701L40 Flexam Undercover 100
Technical data
649G155=24 1125 mm 100 mm 24 0.207 kg
649G155=80 1125 mm 100 mm 80 0.129 kg
649G155=120 1125 mm 100 mm 120 0.104 kg
Sanding sleeve
• For 749Y112 grinding roll
Technical data
Article number Diameter Width Grain
649G110=60 125 mm 35 mm 60
649G110=80 125 mm 35 mm 80
Sanding sleeve
• For 749Y110 pneumatic grinding roll
Technical data
649G112=60 71 mm 200 mm 60
649G112=80 71 mm 200 mm 80

Sanding sleeve
• For 702L63 pneumatic grinding roll
Technical data
649G130=60 71 mm 200 mm 60
649G130=80 71 mm 200 mm 80
649G130=100 71 mm 200 mm 100
Sanding sleeve
• For 749F6/749F6=T sanding drums and 702L69 grinding roll
Technical data
749Y8=73X200X24 73 mm 190 mm 24 0.12 kg
749Y8=73X200X150 73 mm 190 mm 150 0.07 kg
749Y8=73X200X40 73 mm 200 mm 40 0.1 kg
749Y8=73X200X60 73 mm 200 mm 60 0.08 kg
749Y8=73X200X80 73 mm 200 mm 80 0.07 kg
749Y8=73X200X100 73 mm 200 mm 100 0.07 kg
Sanding sleeve
Technical data
749Y16=A45 749Z7=M16x45/749Z7=5/8”x45 45 mm 70 mm 40 0.02 kg
749Y16=B45 749Z7=M16x45/749Z7=5/8”x45 45 mm 70 mm 80 0.015 kg
749Y16=C45 749Z7=M16x45/749Z7=5/8”x45 45 mm 70 mm 120 0.013 kg
749Y16=A60 749Z7=M16x60 / 749Z7=5/8”x60 60 mm 70 mm 40 0.03 kg
Polisher
749Y16=B60 749Z7=M16x60 / 749Z7=5/8”x60 60 mm 70 mm 80 0.025 kg
Polisher
749Y16=C60 749Z7=M16x60 / 749Z7=5/8”x60 60 mm 70 mm 120 0.002 kg
Polisher

Sanding sleeve
• For 702L72 grinding roll
Technical data
Article number Diameter Grain Weight
649G136=80 60 mm 80 0.009 kg
649G136=120 60 mm 120 0.009 kg
Sanding sleeve for sanding cone

• For 702L56 sanding cone
Technical data
Article number Diameter Width Grain Weight
649G128 29/50 mm 40 mm 40 0.005 kg
Sanding sleeve for sanding cone

• For 702L58 sanding cone
Technical data
Article number Diameter Width Grain Weight
649G129 35/90 mm 47 mm 40 0.013 kg

Sanding sleeve

• For 702L93 podo grinding roll
Technical data
749Y49=80 21 mm 40 mm 80 0.002 kg
749Y49=150 21 mm 40 mm 150 0.002 kg
Sanding sleeve
Technical data
749Y10=A45 749F8=M16X45/749F8=5/8X45 45 mm 65 mm 40 0.18 kg
grinding roll
749Y10=B45 749F8=M16X45/749F8=5/8X45 45 mm 65 mm 80 0.16 kg
grinding roll
749Y10=A65 749F8=M16X65/749F8=5/8X65 65 mm 90 mm 40 0.41 kg
grinding roll
749Y10=B65 749F8=M16X65/749F8=5/8X65 65 mm 90 mm 80 0.335 kg
grinding roll
ҏҏ Only sold in package units of six pcs.
Sanding sleeve
• For 702L161 naumkeag
Technical data
649G153=80 130 mm 80 0.025 kg
649G153=100 130 mm 100 0.022 kg
649G153=120 130 mm 120 0.019 kg

Sanding sleeve
• For 702L160 naumkeag
Technical data
649G154=60 90 mm 60 0.011 kg
649G154=80 90 mm 80 0.009 kg
649G154=100 90 mm 100 0.009 kg
649G154=120 90 mm 120 0.008 kg
Sanding belt
• For 701P45 grinding machine
Technical data
649G126=60 875 mm 100 mm 60 0.110 kg
649G126=120 875 mm 100 mm 120 0.081 kg
Sanding belt
• For 701P46 “Oneliner VS1150” bench grinding machine
Technical data
649G146 1149 mm 150 mm 24 0.317 kg

Sanding and polishing
Polishing paste, green

• For nickel
• For plastics
• For surface treatment
• For high-gloss polishing
Technical data
649Z7 0.7 kg
White corundum sanding paper

• For groundwood
• Excellent sanding performance
Technical data
Article number Width Grain
649P7=40 600 mm 40
649P7=60 600 mm 60
649P7=80 600 mm 80
649P7=100 600 mm 100
Linen sanding belt

• or groundwood
F
• For machine sanding
• Fast sanding and dispersion
Technical data
Article number Width Grain
649G4=55XK40 55 mm 40
649G4=55XK100 55 mm 100
649G4=55XK180 55 mm 180
649G4=100XK40 100 mm 40
649G4=100XK60 100 mm 60
649G4=100XK80 100 mm 80
649G4=100XK100 100 mm 100
649G4=100XK120 100 mm 120
9

Sanding and polishing
Grit cloth
• Facilitates the simplified surface treatment of plaster models

• Adapts to curvatures during the sanding process
Technical data
649G22=100 280 mm 230 mm 100
649G22=180 280 mm 230 mm 205
Soft Pad sanding paper

• For manual finish grinding of contours, curvatures and hard to reach areas
• Polyurethane foam with aluminium oxide
• Can be used wet and dry
• Highly flexible, does not buckle
• Does not form sharp edges
• Adapts to any contour
• Does not slip in the hand
• Produces a very fine and even finish
Technical data
Article Version Length Width Grain Height Order unit Package
number contents
649G26=320 320 115 mm 140 mm 320 – 400 (fine) 5 mm Package 20 pieces
649G26=400 400 115 mm 140 mm 400 – 500 (super fine) 5 mm Package 20 pieces
Compress 649G26 Soft Pad sanding paper ith the soaked Soft Pad sanding paper,
W oak Soft Pad sanding paper with water
S
and submerge it in water until fully soaked. sand the plaster model using the abrasive again and use the foam side to hone the
side with circular movements and low pres- plaster model in order to close fine pores
sure. (Do not rinse sanding residue under with the accumulated plaster residue.
running water!) Soft pad sanding paper can
be folded centrally, so that small radii can
be worked without damaging the brim.

Soldering and welding materials
Silver solder
• For soldering stainless steel, e.g. for soldering all Ottobock bars made of stainless steel
• Melting temperature: 595–630 °C
• Excellent flow characteristics
• Soldered joints are durable up to an operating temperature of 200 °C
Technical data
637L8=1.5X500 1.5 mm 500 mm
Fluxing agent
• For soldering with 637L8=1.5x500 silver solder

• For soldering steel, stainless steel and other metals, except light metals

Technical data
637F1=0.100 0.1 kg
637F1=0.500 0.5 kg

• If the paste is too thick for certain applications, it can be thinned with water.
• Flux residue can be removed with water or etching agent.
Uncoated wire
• For autogenous welding

• Low-alloy steel
• Low viscosity
• Suitable for operating temperatures up to 350 °C
Technical data
637D1=2 2 mm 1000 mm
637D1=3 3 mm 1000 mm
637D1=4 4 mm 1000 mm
9

Soldering and welding materials
Welding electrode
Reference number 637E1
• For welding stainless steel, e.g. for welding all Ottobock bars made of stainless steel
• For base materials that are hard to weld, e.g. tool steel
• Suitable for operating temperatures up to 300 °C
Technical data
637E1=2X300 2 mm 300 mm

Coating materials
Sintering powder
• For coating metal parts in a sintering bath, e.g. orthotic bars

• For a smooth surface
• Ionomer
• Thermoplastic powder
• Melting temperature: 93 °C
• Welding temperature: 105–108 °C
• Good UV protection
Technical data
618T40=H 4 kg Beige
618T40=W 4 kg White
618T40=S 4 kg Black
Shrinkable tubing
• For covering devices, e.g. orthotic joints or orthotic bars

• Plastic hose with rounded edges
• Good insulation protection
• Good resistance to liquids
Technical data
Article number Diameter Length Colour
616Z9=19X61 19 mm 50 m Black
616Z9=25.4X30 25.4 mm 50 m Black

Forearm crutches and canes
Forearm crutches for children

• Forearm crutch
• Ideal for children’s hands
• For safety when walking
• Cushioned with a rubber cap to ensure a good grip when walking
• Secure and comfortable grip
• Attractive design for children
Technical data
Article number Fits capsules Colour
22K10 23K12=B Multi-coloured
23K12=R
Forearm crutches for children

• Forearm crutch
• Ideal for children’s hands
• With plastic grip
• Cushioned with a rubber cap to ensure a good grip when walking
• Light metal
• Height-adjustable in 25 mm increments, from 660 to 860 mm (floor to grip)
• Weight: 0.880 kg/pair
Technical data
22K5 23K2=16 Blue
23K6=16 Silver anodized
Forearm crutches
Reference number 22K*
• Forearm crutch
• With plastic grip
• Cushioned with a rubber capsule, ensures good grip when walking
• Light metal
• Height-adjustable in 25 mm increments from 780 to 980 mm (floor to grip)
• Maximum load capacity: 140 kg/each
Technical data
22K2 23K2=16 Silver anodized
23K6=16
22K4 23K11 Blue

Forearm crutches
• Forearm crutch
• With softgrip
• Cushioned with a rubber capsule, ensures good grip when walking
• Light metal
• Height-adjustable in 25 mm increments from 780 to 980 mm (floor to grip)
• Safe and pleasant softgrip handle
• Maximum load capacity: 140 kg/each
Technical data
22K7 23K11 Blue
Silver anodized
Anatomical softgrip handles

• For 22K7 forearm crutches

• 1 pair – for left and right
• Anatomical shape
• Protection against pressure points even after extended use
• Pleasantly soft and comfortable feel
• Reduces symptoms of fatigue
Technical data
Article number
23K77
ҏҏ Please order separately as required!
Support cane

• Without rubber cap
• Wood
• Anatomical shape of the handle
Technical data
22S2=S 23K1=2 Black
22S2=B 23K1=2 Brown

Rubber capsule
• For 22S2 support cane

• Ensures good grip while walking
Technical data
Article number Hole Ø Size Colour
23K1=00 14 mm 00 Black
23K1=0 16 mm 0 Black
Rubber capsule, elastic

• For 22K2 and 22K5 forearm crutches

Technical data
Article number Hole Ø Colour
23K2=16 16 mm Grey
23K2=21 21 mm Grey
Rubber capsule, elastic


Technical data
23K6=16 16 mm Black
23K6=21 18 mm Black

Rubber capsule

Technical data
23K11 16 mm Blue
Rubber capsule
• For 22K10 forearm crutches for children

Technical data
23K12=R 16 mm Red
23K12=B 16 mm Blue

Protective equipment
Ottobock offers protective equipment for products

that are hazardous pursuant to the Ordinance on
Hazardous Substances. This includes products to
protect the hands, face, eyes, respiratory tract and
other parts of the body. See our safety data sheets for
the required information about protective equipment
suitable for the product.
Products for first aid treatment in case of accidents

are offered as well.

up-to-date product information at any time. 10

Heat protection gloves

• For use with plastics

• With cuff
• Cotton jersey
• Roughened on the inside
• Loosely woven
• Good fit
• Breathable
• Flame retardant impregnation
Technical data
Article number Length Weight Colour Order unit
641H13 240 mm 0.110 kg Sand/beige Pair
Heat protection gloves

• For use with plastics

• With cuff
• Cotton terrycloth
• Good fit
• Flame retardant impregnation
Technical data
Article number Length Weight Colour Order unit
641H3 280 mm 0.17 kg Raw white Pair
Mechanical protection gloves

• Alternative to leather glove

• With canvas cuff
• Protects against oil, grease and moisture
• Nitrile-coated fabric with cotton jersey
• Good grip
• High mechanical load capacity
• Excellent fit
• Elastic strap on back of hand
Technical data
Article number Size Colour Order unit
641H15=9 9 Grey/brown Pair
641H15=10 10 Grey/brown Pair


Protective gloves
• Protective glove for welding work

• Chrome split leather
• With long cuffs
• Robust and soft
Technical data
Article number Length Weight Order unit
756Y8 350 mm 0.18 kg Pair
Cut-resistant protective gloves

• Against cuts
• With cuff
• Very good protection against cuts
• Good fit
• Good grip
• Protection against moisture
• Breathable
Technical data
641H14=7 7 Grey Pair
Disposable gloves
• For single use

• PVC
Technical data
Article number Weight Order unit
641H1 0.338 kg Pair
10


Latex glove for plastering work

• For plastering work

• Powder-free
• One size fits all
• Highly elastic
• High touch sensitivity and secure grip
• Not sterile
Technical data
Article number Size Order unit Package contents
641H12 7½ Package 100 pieces
Latex-free examination glove


• 100% nitrile
• Latex-free
• Powder-free
• One size fits all
• Highly elastic
• High touch sensitivity and secure grip
• Not sterile
Technical data
Article number Size Colour Order unit Package contents
641H9=2 8 Blue Package 100 pieces
Information material 641H9=3 9 Blue Package 100 pieces
product information
Chemical protection glove

• Against numerous chemicals

• Nitrile-coated fabric
• Excellent fit permits working for long periods without fatigue
• Good grip thanks to roughened fingertips, even with wet components
Technical data
Article number Size Colour Order unit Package contents


Chemical protection gloves


• Nitrile-coated fabric
• Flexible in order to adapt to the hand
• Thanks to the length of 300 mm, a large part of the forearm is protected against contact
with chemicals
• Reduced perspiration through light velour
Technical data
641H16=8 8 Green Pair
Chemical protection gloves


• Butyl rubber
• Lightly powdered on the inside to make putting on and taking off easier
• Very high impermeability to gas
• High resistance to chemicals
Technical data
641H18=8 8 Black Pair
Protective goggles
• Protects the eyes against harmful influences such as chemicals, dust and splinters
• Adjustable earpieces
Technical data
Article image Article number Version
756Y6=1 Plastic lenses, colourless
756Y6=2 Grey polycarbonate lenses, for

welding work (protection level: 5)
10


Protective goggles
• Protects the eyes against harmful influences such as chemicals, dust and splinters
• 100% UV protection
• One-piece lens with side guard and eyebrow protection
• Individually adjustable lens angle and earpiece length
• DX coating = antifog, antistatic, scratch-proof
Technical data
Article number Version
756Y64=1 Colourless acrylic glass
Face guard
• Protects the face against harmful influences such as dust and splinters
• Plastic
• With non-fogging 1 mm thick plastic lens, 540 x 195 mm
• A twist fastener allows for adjustment to different head sizes
Technical data
756Y15 0.25 kg
Replacement screen for face guard

• Non-fogging, 1 mm thick, 540 x 195 mm plastic lens
Technical data
Article number Spare part for Weight
756Y16 756Y15 0.125 kg
ҏҏ Please order separately as required.


Electric welder safety shield

• Protects the eyes and face during arc welding

• Synthetic fibres
• Athermal glass (protection class: 9A DIN) and colourless front glass (replaceable)
• With handle
Technical data
756Y7 0.39 kg
Hearing protection
• Earmuffs for loud environments

• Excellent insulating properties
• Wide, soft padded liners
• Perfect adaptation to the shape of the head
• Variably adjustable
Technical data
Article number Weight Colour
756Y17 0.21 kg Green
10


Disposable particle filter masks

• For dusty work in industry and trades

• Protection against solid and damp particles
• Protection levels and certifications compliant with EN 149:2001
• Synsafe material for minimum breathing resistance and maximum filter performance
• Lightweight and user-friendly
• Exhalation valve for longer periods of use and increased breathing comfort
• High intake capacity
• Hygienic, individual packaging, thus providing protection against contamination and
ensuring availability of clean respiratory protection at all times
• Folded design allows for easy carrying in pockets
Technical data
Article number Pollutant class Valves Weight Colour
756Y22=1 FFP1(1) without valve (–) 12 g Dark blue
756Y22=1V FFP1(1) with valvel (V) 18 g Dark blue
756Y22=2 FFP2 (2) without valve (–) 22 g Light blue
756Y22=2V FFP2 (2) with valvel (V) 28 g Light blue
756Y22=3V FFP3 (3) with valvel (V) 28 g White

Application
FFP1: Up to four times the Against solid and Milling, grinding, sawing, sweeping floors
limit value liquid particles
FFP2: Up to 10 times the Against solid and Woodworking with oak, welding, spraying emul-
limit value liquid particles sions with low vapour pressure, coating work,
processing carbon fibre and fibreglass materials
(e.g. cutting)
FFP3: Up to 30 times the Against solid and Spraying varnishes, sanding cured carbon fibre
limit value liquid particles and fibreglass materials
FFP = filtering face pieceolspan
Respiratory protection half-mask

• As breathing protection
• For use with particle filters or gas filters and combination filters with a round thread Rd 91
• Does not include filter
• Good fit
• Impermeability of a full mask
• Material of the mask body is comfortable to wear
• Easy to put on and take off thanks to head piece with anti-slip harness
• Doesn’t exert pressure when worn under a safety helmet
• Tested in compliance with EN 140, with CE marking
Technical data
Article number Size Weight (without filter)
756Y80 Medium/large 0.19 kg


Coarse dust filter

• Pre-filter for filters with Rd 91 thread
Technical data
Article number Accessory for Weight Order unit Package contents
756Z5 756Y80 0.15 kg Package 50 pieces
Combination filter
• Screw filter with Rd 91 thread for 756Y80 respiratory protection half-mask

• Particle filter class A1-P2: A = organic gases, 1 = low retention characteristics,
P = particles, 2 = medium retention characteristics
• Tested in compliance with EN 141, with CE marking
Technical data
Article number Accessory for Weight Order unit Package contents
756Z4 756Y80 0.55 kg Package 5 pieces
Carrying case
• Used to securely store the 756Y80 respiratory protection half-mask

• Sturdy design, with shoulder strap
Technical data
Article number Accessory for Weight
754T3 756Y80 0.38 kg
10


Plastering apron
• For plastering work

• With fabric reinforcement
• Resistant to many acids
Technical data
Article number Length Width Weight Colour
641S1 100 cm 80 cm 0.75 kg White
Disposable aprons
• For single use

• Environmentally friendly
• Ultra-light yet extremely strong
• Wrought
• Impermeable to moisture
• Hygienic
Technical data
641S5 140 cm 80 cm Package 100 piece(s)
Protective smock
• For protection, ideal for decanting and filling tasks

• Protects against particles and splashed liquids
• TYVEK-PRACTIK material
• 5 snap fasteners, 2 pockets
• Custom sizes available
• Low-lint
• Ultra light
• High tear and abrasion resistance
• Antistatic
• Breathable
Technical data
Article number Size Colour
641S6=M M White
641S6=L L White
641S6=XL XL White
641S6=XXL XXL White


Welder’s apron
• Offers protection during welding

• Chrome split leather
• Two adjustable straps
Technical data
756Y14 100 cm 80 cm 1.2 kg
Boot cover
• For protecting shoes/boots

• Heavy PE film
• With rectangular pattern
• Elastic strap
• Ankle tie
• Reinforced outsole
Technical data
Article number Height Thickness Order unit
641S7 56 cm 150 μm Pair
Hand disinfectant
• For hygienic and surgical hand disinfection and for rubbing in

• Comprehensive effectiveness against bacteria, fungi and enveloped viruses
• Also effective against adenovirus, papovavirus and rotavirus
• Excellent immediate effect
• Moisturising
• Very well tolerated even with continuous use
• Ready to use – no wash basin and water required

Technical data
640Z19 500 ml
10


Room disinfectant
• For combination with the 758E1 room disinfection unit

• For the elimination of bacteria, viruses and fungi
• 3% hydrogen peroxide with silver complex
• Good material compatibility, including sensitive electronics
• Cleans without residues
Technical data
Article number Accessory for Contents
640Z40 758E1 5l
646D708=EN 758E1 room disinfection
unit product information
Washing lotion
• For thorough and gentle hand and body hygiene

• Advanced, skin-friendly surfactants
• pH of approximately 5.5, ideal for skin
• Free of soap and alkali
• Free of perfume and colorants
• Fast and drip-free dispensing right from the bottle
Technical data
640F23 500 ml
Cellona® skin protection cream

• Protection and care cream for use during plastering work

• Easy dosing
• Penetrates quickly
• The skin is covered by a permeable protective care film
• Ideal for highly stressed skin
Technical data
Article number Net contents Order unit
640Z10 0.1 l Tube


Skin protection 1-2-3 plus

• Care cream and skin protection before and after work

• Effective protection against water-soluble and oil-soluble foreign substances as well as
changing agents
• Blocks potential allergens
• Boosts the skin‘s natural protective functions
• Improves the condition of the skin
• Effective skin care
Technical data
640Z18=0.1 1l
Bandages
• 627B18=1: For dressing injuries and wounds on the fingers

• Made of lengthwise and crosswise elastic textile fabric
• Ready to use blanks for immediate application
• Time-saving and hygienic
• Good permanent adhesion
• Secure and firm hold, even under severe strain
• Air permeable
• 627B18=2: For dressing injuries and wounds
• Hygienic box for partial removal
• Reliable adhesion
• Wound pad designed not to stick to the wound
• Perforations for wound aeration
Technical data
Article image Article Description Length Width Order unit Package
number contents
627B18=1 Finger 120 mm 20 mm Package 100 piece(s)
bandage
627B18=2 Quick wound 5m 80 mm Package 1 piece(s)

dressing
10


First-aid kit
• For operations and shelters in compliance with Section 39

• DIN 13157 C
• With wall mount
Technical data
Article number Width Depth Height Weight
758X5 260 mm 160 mm 80 mm 1.8 kg
Eyewash station
• As a first-aid station for flushing eyes to remove foreign substances such as dust and
chemicals
• Stationary wall cabinet made of sheet steel
• With special holder for two eye flushing bottles
• Always at hand and ready for use
Technical data
Article number Length Width Depth Weight Scope of delivery Colour
758X11 350 mm 260 mm 100 mm 2.3 kg Without eyewash bottles 9016 Traffic white
Eyewash bottle set

• In case of danger to eyesight due to harmful substances

• Two eye flushing bottles
• Filled with 1,000 ml sterile, physiological, isotonic saline solution (0.9%)
• In accordance with DIN 12930, CE 0562
• Flushes foreign substances from the eye
• Can be used for approx. three years in an unopened condition
Technical data
Article number Accessory for Diameter Height Weight
758Y100 758X11 80 mm 305 mm 2.3 kg

Notes
10

Index

A Cellona® plaster bandages.......................................................................... 16

Cellona® skin protection cream......................................................... 24, 382
Acetone..................................................................................................... 204 Cellular unvulcanized rubber................................................................... 229
Acryform Mono......................................................................................... 171 Chemical protection glove........................................................................ 374
Acryform Poly........................................................................................... 170 Chemical protection gloves....................................................................... 375
Acrymed Mono......................................................................................... 170 Chlorosil/Chlorosil catalyst............................................................. 163, 164
Acrymed Poly............................................................................................ 170 Chrome kid leather................................................................................... 243
Adhesive tape for vacuum technique................ 37, 116, 130, 145, 150, 200 Clip fastener.............................................................................................. 315
Akemi fast curing putty............................................................................ 174 Coarse dust filter....................................................................................... 379
Alabaster modelling plaster........................................................................ 17 Combination filter..................................................................................... 379
Alginate...................................................................................................... 27 ComforTex air........................................................................................... 236
Anatomical softgrip handles..................................................................... 367 ComforTex grippy..................................................................................... 235
Anchor preform.......................................................................................... 87 ComforTex smooth.................................................................................... 234
Antibacterial ThermoLyn clear................................................................... 41 ComforTex soft.......................................................................................... 233
Antibacterial ThermoLyn rigid.................................................................... 42 Compoflex® 250 absorbent fleece............................................................. 143
Antibacterial ThermoLyn soft, beige........................................................... 44 Compoflex® SB 250 absorbent fleece........................................................ 144
Antibacterial ThermoLyn soft, colourless .................................................. 43 “Concrete” socket decor............................................................................ 279
Attachment plate...................................................................................... 333 “Concrete” thermopaper........................................................................... 260
Contact adhesive...................................................................... 147, 177, 182
B Container preform...................................................................................... 89
Cooling spray................................................................................... 112, 140
Bandage rosette............................................................................... 331, 332
Copper rivet.............................................................................................. 339
Bandages.................................................................................................. 383
Copying pens.............................................................................................. 20
“Bears, blue, green, grey” socket decor.................................................... 274
C-Orthocryl............................................................................................... 104
“Bears, blue, green, grey” thermopaper................................................... 256
Cotton stockinette..................................................................................... 245
“Bears, green, purple, orange” socket decor............................................ 273
Countersunk head wood screw, slotted.................................................... 337
“Bears, green, purple, orange” thermopaper............................................ 254
CP contact adhesive.................................................................................. 178
“Bears, red, blue, yellow” socket decor.................................................... 270
CR contact adhesive.................................................................................. 178
“Bears, red, blue, yellow” thermopaper................................................... 252
Crepe adhesive tape......................................................................... 131, 202
Bedding foam, self-adhesive..................................................................... 230
Cross-linking agent................................................................................... 181
Belting...................................................................................................... 316
Cut-resistant protective gloves.................................................................. 373
BetaSil kit with case.................................................................................. 164
Cyamet quick-drying adhesive (superglue)...................................... 158, 188
BetaSil refill set......................................................................................... 165
Cyanoacrylate quick-drying adhesive as dosage pen....................... 159, 188
Bipatrix® quick plaster bandage................................................................. 15
D
Biplatrix® quick plaster bandage................................................................ 15
Blank calf leather...................................................................................... 243
Body protection stockinette........................................................................ 24 DACRON® felt............................................................................... 40, 90, 153
Body protection stockinette kit................................................................... 23 Dauerbinde® K............................................................................................ 17
Bonding agent................................................................... 38, 151, 158, 187 Dino foam................................................................................................. 227
Boot cover................................................................................................. 381 Dispensing gun for special adhesive cartridge A and B............................ 186
Brass pins................................................................................................. 337 Disposable aprons.................................................................................... 380
Brass sheet (Durana)................................................................................ 347 Disposable gloves..................................................................................... 373
Buckle piece.................................................................................... 307, 308 Disposable particle filter masks................................................................ 378
Buckle strap..................................................................................... 307, 308 Double hollow rivet.................................................................................. 338
“Butterflies” socket decor......................................................................... 272 Double-sided adhesive tape....................................................... 64, 132, 203
“Butterflies” thermopaper........................................................................ 253 Double-sided PVC adhesive tape...................................................... 127, 197
Dur aluminum sheet metal....................................................................... 347
C Dyatec....................................................................................................... 228
Dynoform.................................................................................................. 224
“Camouflage Earth” socket decor.............................................................. 280
Dynoform, perforated............................................................................... 225
“Camouflage Earth” thermopaper............................................................. 261
E
Carbon fibre prepreg, unidirectional........................................................ 137
“Carbon, heavy grey” thermopaper.......................................................... 266
“Carbon, raspberry red” socket decor....................................................... 283 EasyFit Arm donning aid.......................................................................... 302
“Carbon, raspberry red” thermopaper...................................................... 264 Easy Fit donning aid................................................................................. 300
“Carbon, sand” socket decor.................................................................... 282 Elastic double strap.................................................................................. 318
“Carbon, sand” thermopaper.................................................................... 264 Elastic plaster bandages............................................................................. 16
Carbon synthetic leather........................................................................... 247 Elastic stockinette, white (filtering bag)...................................................... 75
CarbonTEX - fibreglass cloth..................................................................... 289 Elastic strap.............................................................................................. 317
CarbonTEX PRO – woven carbon fibre...................................................... 290 Elastogrip closure..................................................................................... 320
Carbon UD stockinette................................................................................ 79 Electric welder safety shield..................................................................... 377
“Carbon, water blue” socket decor........................................................... 284 EP hardener for Orthopox......................................................................... 109
“Carbon, water blue” thermopaper........................................................... 265 Evazote®................................................................................................... 217
Carrying case............................................................................................ 379 Eyelet........................................................................................................ 338
Carrying strap rosette............................................................................... 332 Eyewash bottle set.................................................................................... 384
Carrying strap screw head........................................................................ 336 Eyewash station........................................................................................ 384
Catalyst..................................................................................................... 156
Cellacast Xtra® synthetic casting tapes....................................................... 22

Index

F L
Face guard................................................................................................ 376 lain chamois sheep leather....................................................................... 243
“Faces” socket decor................................................................................. 278 Lamination disc........................................................................................ 330
“Faces” thermopaper................................................................................ 259 Lamination disk, serrated......................................................................... 331
Felt cloth................................................................................................... 245 Latex-free examination glove.................................................................... 374
Fibersil...................................................................................................... 168 Latex glove for plastering work................................................................. 374
Fibreglass cloth.......................................................................................... 82 Light metal profile bar.............................................................................. 345
Fibreglass grid adhesive tape........................................................... 147, 201 Light metal rivet........................................................................................ 339
Fibreglass mat (Biegelow mat).................................................................... 82 Lightweight putty..................................................................................... 175
Fibreglass roving........................................................................................ 78 Linen adhesive tape......................................................................... 130, 201
Fibreglass stockinette................................................................................. 77 Linen sanding belt.................................................................................... 361
Filling set.................................................................................................. 106 Loctite® 241.............................................................................................. 192
First-aid kit............................................................................................... 384 Loctite® 242.............................................................................................. 193
Flat steel................................................................................................... 346 Loctite® 243.............................................................................................. 194
Flexible cork............................................................................................. 241 Loctite® 245.............................................................................................. 193
Flexible foam, component A....................................................................... 97 Loctite® 601.............................................................................................. 192
Flexible foam, component B....................................................................... 97 Loctite® 3090............................................................................................ 189
Fluxing agent............................................................................................ 363 Loop-velour strap..................................................................................... 321
Forearm crutches............................................................................. 366, 367
Forearm crutches for children................................................................... 366
“Fox” socket decor.................................................................................... 274
M
“Fox” thermopaper................................................................................... 255 “Mandala, to colour it yourself” thermopaper.......................................... 258
Frame preform............................................................................................ 88 Mask fixation............................................................................................ 307
Measuring cup................................................................................... 98, 119
G Mechanical protection gloves................................................................... 372

“Mega jeans” socket decor........................................................................ 281
“Giraffes, light green” socket decor........................................................... 269 “Mega jeans” thermopaper....................................................................... 262
“Giraffes, light green” thermopaper.......................................................... 250 Microballoon............................................................................................ 102
Gliding paste, white.................................................................................. 342 Microcork.................................................................................................. 242
Grease pens................................................................................................ 20 Micro hook-and-loop, self-adhesive................................................. 238, 323
Grit cloth............................................................................................ 20, 362 “Mini jeans” socket decor......................................................................... 280
“Mini jeans” thermopaper........................................................................ 262
H Mixing block............................................................................................. 166
“Modern jeans” socket decor.................................................................... 282
Hand disinfectant..................................................................................... 381 “Modern jeans” thermopaper................................................................... 263
Hardener................................................................................................... 187 Monofilament adhesive tape............................................................ 131, 202
Hardener for Pedilen flexible foams........................................................... 96 Multicolour OD......................................................................................... 226
Hardener for Pedilen rigid foams......................................................... 31, 95 “Muscles, white, black” socket decor........................................................ 277
Hardener paste............................................................... 100, 106, 175, 184 “Muscles, white, black” thermopaper....................................................... 258
Hardening powder................................................................... 101, 106, 108
Hearing protection.................................................................................... 377
Heat protection gloves.............................................................................. 372 N
Helanca double-stretch synthetic leather................................................. 246 Neoprene®................................................................................................ 236
Heptane.................................................................................................... 169 Neoprene® adhesive.................................................................................. 183
Hollow rivet.............................................................................................. 338 Neoprene® cell rubber tape.............................................................. 126, 196
Hook-and-loop closure............................................................. 326, 328, 329 Neoprene®, soft......................................................................................... 237
Hook-and-loop closure strap............................................................ 318, 319 Neoprene® TES belt................................................................................... 304
Hook-and-loop closure with weld seams.................................................. 327 Nora® Aero sorb, medium......................................................................... 218
Hook-and-loop hook strap, self-adhesive.................................................. 321 Nora® Aero sorb, soft................................................................................ 219
Hook-and-loop strap................................................................................. 322 Nora® Lunairflex....................................................................................... 221
Hook-and-loop strap with pad.................................................................. 325 Nora® Lunairflex, perforated.................................................................... 222
HS parting agent......................................................................................... 30 Nora® Lunairmed...................................................................................... 222
Nora® Lunairmed, perforated................................................................... 223
I Nora® Lunalastik...................................................................................... 223
Nora® Lunasoft SL.................................................................................... 220
Impresil kit with case......................................................................... 28, 160 Nora® Lunasoft SLW................................................................................. 220
Impresil refill set................................................................................ 29, 161 Nora® Lunatec Combi 7............................................................................ 221
Iron rivet................................................................................................... 339 Nylglas frizz stockinette, white................................................................... 77
Isopropyl alcohol...................................................................................... 204 Nylglas stockinette, white........................................................................... 76
Nylon frizz stockinette, beige...................................................................... 75
K Nylon frizz stockinette, white..................................................................... 74
“Kaleidoscope, black, red” socket decor................................................... 275 Nylon stockinette...................................... 25, 26, 66, 67, 72, 114, 142, 167
“Kaleidoscope, black, red” thermopaper.................................................. 256
“Kaleidoscope, black, white” socket decor............................................... 276
“Kaleidoscope, black, white” thermopaper.............................................. 257
Kraibon rubber......................................................................................... 138
Kun Gel components A + B as a set........................................................... 166

Index

O Pre-cut sanding belt piece........................................................................ 353

Pressed cork.............................................................................................. 241
“On the road” socket decor....................................................................... 271 Primer for non-PUR products.................................................................... 295
“On the road” thermopaper...................................................................... 252 Protective gloves....................................................................................... 373
Orthocryl, extra soft.................................................................................. 105 Protective goggles............................................................................ 375, 376
Orthocryl lamination resin 80:20............................................................. 103 Protective smock....................................................................................... 380
Orthocryl lamination resin 80:20 PRO...................................................... 104 PS velour................................................................................................... 237
Orthocryl lamination resin 80:20 Speed................................................... 103 PU hook-and-loop closure......................................................................... 327
Orthocryl putty......................................................................................... 174 PUR foam adhesive.......................................................................... 180, 295
Orthocryl sealing resin.............................................................................. 101 PVA bags......................................................................... 116, 121, 144, 157
Orthocryl sealing resin compact adhesive....................................... 100, 184 PVA film.................................................................................................... 120
Orthocryl, soft........................................................................................... 105 PVC adhesive tape (Coroplast)......................................................... 129, 199
Orthocryl varnish....................................................................... 19, 206, 207 PVC bags, clear........................................................................ 113, 122, 141
Orthopaedic chrome-tanned leather......................................................... 244 PVC film, clear.......................................................................................... 121
Orthopaedic leather.................................................................................. 244 PVC foam, self-adhesive............................................................................ 231
Orthopox epoxy resin............................................................................... 109 PVC profile bars.......................................................................................... 86
Orthopox woven carbon fibre.................................................. 110, 112, 140
Orthopox woven flex................................................................ 110, 112, 140
Orthovinyl lamination resin...................................................................... 108
Q
“Ottobock, green” socket decor................................................................. 287 QuickFit buckle........................................................................................ 313
“Ottobock, light blue” socket decor.......................................................... 286 QuickFit strap........................................................................................... 312
“Ottobock, yellow” socket decor............................................................... 288
R
P “Raindrops” socket decor......................................................................... 278
Pad button................................................................................................ 316 “Raindrops” thermopaper........................................................................ 260
Padding materials sample kit................................................................... 212 Refill pack: BetaSil static mixer................................................................ 166
Pad for hook-and-loop strap..................................................................... 325 Refill pack: Impresil static mixer....................................................... 29, 161
Pad screw head......................................................................................... 336 Reinforcement kit....................................................................................... 87
Parting agent............................................................................................ 124 Relax foam................................................................................................ 230
Pastasil..................................................................................................... 162 Replacement screen for face guard........................................................... 376
Pedilen duplicating foam..................................................................... 31, 91 Resin film......................................................................................... 111, 139
Pedilen flexible foam 150........................................................................... 95 Respiratory protection half-mask............................................................. 378
Pedilen flexible foam 300........................................................................... 96 RevoFit2 diagnostics................................................................................. 310
Pedilen impression foam............................................................................ 32 RevoFit2 lamination................................................................................. 311
Pedilen rigid foam 100............................................................................... 91 RevoFit2 spare parts set............................................................................ 311
Pedilen rigid foam 200............................................................................... 92 Roll loop................................................................................................... 315
Pedilen rigid foam 300............................................................................... 92 Room disinfectant..................................................................................... 382
Pedilen rigid foam 450............................................................................... 93 Rosette screw............................................................................................ 335
Pedilen rigid foam 600............................................................................... 93 Rubber capsule................................................................................ 368, 369
Pedilen rigid foam 700............................................................................... 94 Rubber capsule, elastic............................................................................. 368
Pedilin...................................................................................................... 213 Rubber cork..................................................................................... 146, 242
Pedilin cone for soft socket....................................................................... 214 Rubber padding........................................................................................ 229
Pedilin, perforated.................................................................................... 214
Pedilin SilverShield®................................................................................. 212 S
Peel ply fabric with marker threads................................... 39, 113, 141, 152
SafeLock buckle........................................................................................ 314
Perlon® elastic stockinette, white............................................................... 74
SafeLock slider......................................................................................... 314
Perlon® stockinette, white......................................................... 73, 115, 143
Sampler ring: ThermoLyn for definitive socket........................................... 41
Phillips countersunk head screw.............................................................. 334
Sample set of carbon profile bars....................................................... 78, 136
Phillips head screw................................................................................... 335
Sanding belt............................................................................ 350, 354, 360
Pigment paste........................................................................................... 118
Sanding belt ............................................................................................. 360
Pigmisil..................................................................................................... 168
Sanding belt, 1125 x 100......................................................................... 356
Plastaband....................................................................................... 125, 195
Sanding belt, 1480 x 100......................................................................... 355
Plastazote®............................................................................................... 215
Sanding belt, 1650 x 40........................................................................... 355
Plastazote®, perforated............................................................................. 216
Sanding belt, 1650 x 100......................................................................... 355
Plastering apron....................................................................................... 380
Sanding sleeve....................... 349, 350, 351, 352, 356, 357, 358, 359, 360
Plaster insulating cream............................................................................. 14
Sanding sleeve for sanding cone.............................................................. 358
Plaster parting agent............................................................................ 14, 65
Seating tape.............................................................................................. 346
Plaster shirt................................................................................................ 23
Separating film.................................................................................. 39, 152
Plaster sock................................................................................................. 23
Setting nut....................................................................................... 330, 331
Plastic adhesive........................................................................................ 181
Setting nut/insert nut............................................................................... 330
Plasticine clay........................................................................................... 122
Sheet steel................................................................................................ 348
Polishing paste, green.............................................................................. 361
Shrinkable tubing..................................................................................... 365
Polyester adhesive tape............................................. 38, 117, 145, 151, 200
Silesian belt.............................................................................................. 306
Polyester knit fabric............................................................................. 63, 90
Silesian belt, modified.............................................................................. 306
Polyester stockinette, white........................................................................ 76
Silicone film................................................................................. 37, 63, 150
Polyethylene adhesive tape............................................. 128, 129, 198, 199
Silicone grease................................................................................... 68, 340
Porous plaster............................................................................................. 18
Silicone grease 400, medium........................................................... 123, 340
PPT........................................................................................................... 228
Silicone oil................................................................................................ 341

Index

Silicone parting agent................................................................ 69, 158, 341 ThermoLyn soft, beige................................................................................ 56

Silicone primer......................................................................................... 169 ThermoLyn soft, black................................................................................ 57
Silicone remover....................................................................................... 169 ThermoLyn soft, colourless......................................................................... 58
Silicone rubber......................................................................................... 156 ThermoLyn supra flexible........................................................................... 61
Silver solder.............................................................................................. 363 ThermoLyn supra soft................................................................................. 59
Sintering powder...................................................................................... 365 ThermoLyn supra soft plus silicone............................................................ 60
Skin protection 1-2-3 plus........................................................................ 383 ThermoLyn trolene................................................................ 30, 47, 98, 119
Slotted truss head screw/Hessing screw................................................... 334 Thinner..................................................................................................... 182
Socket decor “carbon, heavy grey”........................................................... 284 Thinner and solvent................................................................... 19, 180, 206
Socket decor “mandala, to colour it yourself”.......................................... 276 Thinner for 635C2A.................................................................................. 294
Socket interior varnish.............................................................................. 205 Thinner for 635L2 special varnish............................................................ 205
Socket screw with Allen head .................................................................. 333 Thinner for 636N9 contact adhesive ........................................................ 177
Socket screw with slot.............................................................................. 334 Thinner for 636W17 plastic adhesive ...................................................... 182
Soft Pad sanding paper...................................................................... 21, 362 Thinner for 636W45 contact adhesive...................................................... 183
Special adhesive....................................................................................... 187 Thinner for 636W65 Neoprene® adhesive ............................................... 183
Special adhesive cartridge A and B........................................................... 186 Thinner for CP/CR contact adhesive.......................................................... 179
Special lubricant.............................................................................. 343, 344 Thinner for Orthocryl resins..................................................................... 107
Special varnish......................................................................................... 205 T-nut......................................................................................................... 332
Spray adhesive for joints that can be disassembled.................................. 176 TP.C textile......................................................................................... 36, 149
Spray adhesive for permanent joints........................................................ 176 TP.C woven carbon fibre..................................................................... 36, 149
Spray varnish................................................................................... 207, 208 Transpad..................................................................................................... 68
Spring band steel profile bar..................................................................... 345 Transtibial suspension sleeve................................................................... 303
Stabiliser................................................................................................... 157 Two hole joint nut..................................................................................... 335
Stainless steel profile bar.......................................................................... 345
“Starry sky, blue” socket decor................................................................. 270
“Starry sky, blue” thermopaper................................................................ 251
U
“Stars, pink” socket decor........................................................................ 272 UHU hard.................................................................................................. 185
“Stars, pink” thermopaper........................................................................ 254 UHU Plus glue........................................................................................... 185
Stockinette straps....................................................................................... 24 Uncoated wire........................................................................................... 363
Strap......................................................................................................... 309 “Uni, beige” socket decor......................................................................... 285
Strap guide loop....................................................................................... 315 “Uni, beige” thermopaper......................................................................... 266
Strap guide loop for pad button................................................................ 316 “Uni, black” socket decor......................................................................... 286
Straps....................................................................................................... 346 “Uni, black” thermopaper........................................................................ 267
Strap, treated............................................................................................ 309 Universal adhesive.................................................................................... 179
Stucco plaster............................................................................................. 17
SuperGlue................................................................................................. 190 V
SuperGlue dispensing gun........................................................................ 191 Vacuum sealing tape....................................................... 117, 126, 145, 196
SuperGlue refill pack static mixer............................................................. 191 Vaseline...................................................................................................... 27
SuperSkin cleaner..................................................................................... 296 Velvetone.................................................................................................. 246
SuperSkin for non-PUR products.............................................................. 294
SuperSkin for PUR products..................................................................... 293
SuperSkin sampler ring............................................................................ 292 W
SuperSkin sampler ring ........................................................................... 292 Washer / lamination disk.......................................................................... 337
Support belt.............................................................................................. 306 Washing lotion......................................................................................... 382
Support cane............................................................................................ 367 Wax.......................................................................................... 123, 148, 343
Synthetic plaster......................................................................................... 18 Welder’s apron.......................................................................................... 381
Welding electrode..................................................................................... 364
T White corundum sanding paper............................................................... 361
Wooden spatula................................................................................. 99, 120
“Tabaluga” socket decor........................................................................... 268 Workshop oil............................................................................................. 341
“Tabaluga” thermopaper.......................................................................... 250 Woven Aramid fibre prepreg..................................................................... 137
Talcum powder pharma............................................................................ 102 Woven carbon fibre.............................................................................. 83, 84
Technical data.......................................................................................... 372 Woven carbon fibreglass stockinette........................................................... 80
Technogel® sheet............................................................................. 239, 240 Woven carbon-fibreglass tape..................................................................... 85
Teflon® spray............................................................................................ 342 Woven carbon fibre prepreg...................................................................... 136
Tensioning clip......................................................................................... 309 Woven carbon fibre stockinette................................................................... 81
Terry cloth padding.................................................................................. 232 Woven carbon fibre tape............................................................................. 86
Terry cloth padding fabric, self-adhesive.................................................. 231 Woven Dyneema fibre prepreg.................................................................. 138
TES belt..................................................................................................... 305 Woven fibreglass stockinette....................................................................... 80
ThermoLyn clear......................................................................................... 54 Woven fibreglass tape................................................................................. 84
ThermoLyn PE 200..................................................................................... 50
ThermoLyn Pedilon.................................................................................... 46
ThermoLyn PETG clear............................................................................... 52 Y
ThermoLyn PP-C......................................................................................... 48 Y-hook-and-loop....................................................................................... 324
ThermoLyn PP-H......................................................................................... 49 Y-hook-and-loop with PU coating............................................................. 324
ThermoLyn RCH 500.................................................................................. 51
ThermoLyn RCH 1000................................................................................ 52
ThermoLyn rigid......................................................................................... 55
2
ThermoLyn SilverShield®............................................................................ 45 “2-in-1” hook-and-loop closure strap....................................................... 322

1 – 10 85H11............................................................. 162
85H31............................................................. 166
616B65........................................................... 138
616F1............................................................. 121
5Z14................................................................. 87 85P11............................................................. 163 616F4............................................................. 120
5Z15................................................................. 87 85P21............................................................. 163 616F8.................................................... 129, 199
5Z16................................................................. 88 85P31............................................................. 164 616F10.................................................. 127, 197
5Z17................................................................. 89 85Z................................................................. 168 616F26.............................................. 37, 63, 150
87A1................................................................. 27 616F27..................................................... 37, 150
11 – 29 87A5......................................................... 29, 161 616F28..................................................... 39, 152
87G1................................................................. 18 616G3............................................................... 77
6T2................................................................. 214
87G4................................................................. 18 616G4............................................................... 82
17Y106............................................................. 86
87Z................................................................. 168 616G6................................................ 40, 90, 153
17Z................................................................. 346
88M10............................................................ 307 616G12.............................. 83, 84, 110, 112, 140
17Z2............................................................... 346
89M2.............................................................. 166 616G13............................................................. 80
21B3............................................................... 304
99B25......................................................... 25, 66 616G14............................................................. 80
21B4............................................................... 303
99B71............................................ 113, 122, 141 616G15............................................................. 81
21B21............................................................. 306
99B81.................................... 116, 121, 144, 157 616G18............................................................. 82
21B22............................................................. 306
616G26....................................................... 63, 90
21B33............................................................. 306
21B34............................................................... 24 100 – 499 616G60........................................................... 143
616G61........................................................... 144
21B37............................................................. 305 170D17........................................................... 316 616G128......................................................... 290
21B42............................................................. 309 170D20........................................................... 316 616G180......................................................... 289
21B43............................................................. 309 170D21........................................................... 324 616G181........................................ 110, 112, 140
21B44............................................................. 309 170D29........................................................... 324 616H10............................................................ 86
21Y5............................................................... 331 170Z4............................................................. 322 616H11............................................................ 85
21Y6............................................................... 332
616H20............................................................ 79
21Y17............................................................. 333
21Y27............................................................. 332
500 – 599 616S5............................................................. 164
501S3............................................................. 335 616S6............................................................. 165
21Y31............................................................. 333
501S16........................................................... 334 616S8............................................................. 240
21Y56............................................................. 307
501S33........................................................... 334 616S116......................................................... 239
21Y58............................................................. 307
501T19........................................................... 334 616T............................................................... 230
21Y60............................................................. 308
502E1............................................................. 332 616T*............................................ 49, 50, 51, 61
21Y62............................................................. 308
502R1............................................................. 335 616T3.......................................... 30, 47, 98, 119
21Y75N.......................................................... 327
503F3............................................................. 333 616T16............................................................. 52
21Y78.................................................... 327, 328
503L1............................................................. 337 616T25........................................................... 231
21Y92............................................................. 315
504F1............................................................. 339 616T52............................................................. 55
21Y122........................................................... 326
504F2............................................................. 339 616T53............................................................. 58
22K................................................................. 366
504F3............................................................. 339 616T59............................................................. 59
22K5............................................................... 366
504H1............................................................. 338 616T69............................................................. 56
22K7............................................................... 367
504H3............................................................. 338 616T73............................................................. 46
22K10............................................................. 366
506A1............................................................. 337 616T83............................................................. 54
22S2............................................................... 367
507S15........................................................... 331 616T111........................................................... 60
23K1............................................................... 368
507U3............................................................. 337 616T112=1.5-99.............................................. 68
23K2............................................................... 368
514U2............................................................. 315 616T120........................................................... 48
23K6............................................................... 368
514Z8............................................................. 314 616T183........................................................... 52
23K11............................................................. 369
514Z9............................................................. 314 616T200........................................................... 45
23K12............................................................. 369
514Z13........................................................... 310 616T252........................................................... 42
23K77............................................................. 367
514Z14........................................................... 311 616T253........................................................... 43
29C3............................................................... 330
514Z20........................................................... 312 616T269........................................................... 44
29C5............................................................... 330
514Z21........................................................... 313 616T283........................................................... 41
29C6............................................................... 331
514Z114......................................................... 311 616T690........................................................... 57
29R127........................................................... 315
515A1............................................................. 338 616Z9............................................................. 365
29Y27............................................................. 335
516N8............................................................. 336 617D50............................................................. 97
29Y57............................................................. 330
516S3............................................................. 336 617D51............................................................. 97
29Y63............................................................. 325
516S5............................................................. 336 617F8............................................................... 30
29Z63............................................................. 325
519L5.............................................. 69, 158, 341 617H5............................................................. 109
617H11............................................................ 91
30 – 99
81A1........................... 26, 67, 72, 114, 142, 167
600 – 699 617H12............................................................ 92
617H17.......................................................... 105
83A2............................................................... 169 603F1............................................................. 346 617H19.......................................................... 103
83A4............................................................... 169 605P8............................................................. 345 617H19S........................................................ 103
83L1............................................................... 169 605T1............................................................. 347 617H21.......................................................... 101
84A1............................................................... 170 608T1............................................................. 347 617H32............................................................ 92
84A3............................................................... 170 616B10........................................................... 136 617H35............................................................ 95
84P1............................................................... 170 616B11........................................................... 137 617H37...................................................... 31, 91
84P3............................................................... 171 616B13........................................................... 137 617H41............................................................ 94
84V1................................................................. 27 616B15........................................................... 138 617H42............................................................ 96
85F1........................................................... 14, 65 616B16.................................... 39, 113, 141, 152 617H43.......................................................... 156
85F3............................................................... 124 616B60.................................................. 111, 139 617H44.......................................................... 156

617H45.......................................................... 156 623P2............................................................. 231 623Z...................................................... 238, 323

617H46................................... 38, 151, 158, 187 623P3............................................................. 232 623Z1............................................................. 318
617H47.......................................................... 157 623P50........................................................... 250 623Z2............................................................. 320
617H48............................................................ 93 623P52........................................................... 251 623Z3............................................................. 329
617H51.......................................................... 105 623P60........................................................... 254 623Z4............................................................. 322
617H55.......................................................... 104 623P61........................................................... 262 623Z8............................................................. 321
617H61............................................................ 93 623P62........................................................... 262 623Z12........................................................... 319
617H119........................................................ 104 623P74........................................................... 266 623Z96........................................................... 321
617H500........................................................ 108 623P84........................................................... 263 627B1.................................................... 130, 201
617P5............................................................. 109 623P85........................................................... 259 627B2.................................................... 131, 202
617P14.................................. 100, 106, 175, 184 623P86........................................................... 261 627B3.................................................... 147, 201
617P21....................................................... 31, 95 623P87........................................................... 260 627B4.................................................... 129, 199
617P32............................................................. 96 623P88........................................................... 260 627B5.................................................... 126, 196
617P37.......................................... 101, 106, 108 623P89........................................................... 264 627B6.................................................... 131, 202
617R15..................................................... 36, 149 623P90........................................................... 265 627B18........................................................... 383
617R18..................................................... 36, 149 623P92........................................................... 256 627B40.................................................. 128, 198
617S.............................................. 216, 217, 227 623P93........................................................... 257 633D5.............................................. 64, 132, 203
617S3............................................................. 213 623P94........................................................... 258 633F7............................................................. 343
617S6............................................................. 214 623P95........................................................... 267 633F11.................................................. 123, 340
617S7............................................................. 215 623P96........................................................... 266 633F14........................................................... 344
617S10........................................................... 236 623P97........................................................... 252 633F16........................................................... 342
617S15........................................................... 237 623P98........................................................... 252 633F50..................................................... 68, 340
617S68........................................................... 228 623P99........................................................... 254 633G6............................................................. 343
617S70........................................................... 224 623P100......................................................... 256 633T2............................................................. 342
617S71........................................................... 225 623P101......................................................... 253 633T18.................................................. 112, 140
617S92........................................................... 226 623P103......................................................... 258 633W8........................................... 123, 148, 343
617S119......................................................... 228 623P106......................................................... 255 633X35........................................................... 341
617S173......................................................... 219 623P107......................................................... 264 633X89........................................................... 341
617S174......................................................... 218 623P110......................................................... 250 634A1.............................................. 19, 180, 206
617S180......................................................... 223 623S50........................................................... 269 634A3............................................................. 204
617S181......................................................... 222 623S52........................................................... 270 634A6............................................................. 177
617S187......................................................... 221 623S60........................................................... 272 634A20........................................................... 182
617S188......................................................... 221 623S61........................................................... 281 634A23........................................................... 182
617S189......................................................... 223 623S62........................................................... 280 634A28........................................................... 107
617S190......................................................... 222 623S74........................................................... 284 634A31........................................................... 205
617S191......................................................... 220 623S81........................................................... 286 634A58........................................................... 204
617S192......................................................... 220 623S82........................................................... 287 634A59........................................................... 183
617S203......................................................... 212 623S83........................................................... 288 634A67........................................................... 183
617Z............................................................... 118 623S84........................................................... 282 634A71........................................................... 179
617Z2............................................................. 118 623S85........................................................... 278 634A80........................................................... 296
617Z8............................................................. 102 623S86........................................................... 280 635C1............................................................. 293
618T40........................................................... 365 623S87........................................................... 278 635C2A........................................................... 294
619M3............................................................ 229 623S88........................................................... 279 635C2B........................................................... 294
619M5............................................................ 229 623S89........................................................... 283 635C3............................................................. 295
619M9............................................................ 230 623S90........................................................... 284 635L2............................................................. 205
620P1............................................................. 241 623S92........................................................... 275 635L8............................................................. 205
620P2............................................................. 241 623S93........................................................... 276 635L12..................................................... 19, 206
620P3.................................................... 146, 242 623S94........................................................... 277 635L13........................................................... 207
620P4............................................................. 242 623S95........................................................... 286 635L14........................................................... 207
620P15........................................................... 237 623S96........................................................... 285 635L16........................................................... 208
621J2.............................................................. 243 623S97........................................................... 270 636D3..................... 37, 116, 130, 145, 150, 200
621R1............................................................. 243 623S98........................................................... 271 636D14............................ 38, 117, 145, 151, 200
621R4............................................................. 244 623S99........................................................... 273 636K6............................................................. 122
621S4............................................................. 243 623S100......................................................... 274 636K7............................................................. 174
621W2............................................................ 244 623S101......................................................... 272 636K8.................................................... 125, 195
621X............................................................... 246 623S103......................................................... 276 636K9............................................................. 174
621X9............................................................. 247 623S106......................................................... 274 636K11.................................................. 158, 188
622P4............................................................. 245 623S107......................................................... 282 636K12........................................................... 193
623F62........................................................... 236 623S110......................................................... 268 636K13........................................................... 192
623F109......................................................... 233 623T1............................................................. 245 636K14........................................................... 192
623F110......................................................... 234 623T3.............................................. 73, 115, 143 636K17........................................................... 175
623F112......................................................... 235 623T4............................................................... 76 636K18.................................................. 100, 184
623G1............................................................. 317 623T5............................................................... 74 636K36.................................................. 159, 188
623G3............................................................. 317 623T8............................................................... 75 636K38.................................. 117, 126, 145, 196
623G4............................................................. 318 623T9............................................................... 76 636K40........................................................... 176
623G60........................................................... 317 623T10............................................................. 74 636K41........................................................... 176
623H29.......................................................... 316 623T11............................................................. 77 636K44........................................................... 189
623M8............................................................ 246 623T13............................................................. 75 636K49........................................................... 190

636N9.................................................... 147, 177 649G128......................................................... 358

636W1............................................................ 179 649G129......................................................... 358
636W17.......................................................... 181 649G130......................................................... 357
636W18.......................................................... 187 649G136......................................................... 358
636W19.......................................................... 187 649G146......................................................... 360
636W22.......................................................... 185 649G153......................................................... 359
636W23.......................................................... 185 649G154......................................................... 360
636W26.......................................................... 181 649G155......................................................... 356
636W28.......................................................... 186 649P7............................................................. 361
636W45.......................................................... 182 649Z7............................................................. 361
636W46.......................................................... 193 651B1............................................................. 345
636W58................................................. 180, 295 651P4............................................................. 345
636W60.......................................................... 194 651T1............................................................. 348
636W65.......................................................... 183 699B1............................................................... 78
636W71.......................................................... 178 699B2............................................................... 84
636W72.......................................................... 178 699C6............................................................... 17
637D1............................................................. 363 699G*......................................................... 15, 16
637E1............................................................. 364 699G1............................................................... 16
637F1............................................................. 363 699G2............................................................... 17
637L8............................................................. 363 699G4............................................................... 17
639A1............................................................. 102 699G21............................................................. 15
640F23........................................................... 382 699G30............................................................. 22
640Z5............................................................... 14 699S1............................................................... 32
640Z10..................................................... 24, 382 699Y3....................................................... 99, 120
640Z18........................................................... 383
640Z19........................................................... 381
640Z40........................................................... 382
700 – 799
641H1............................................................. 373 749Y7............................................................. 350
641H3............................................................. 372 749Y8.................................................... 349, 357
641H9............................................................. 374 749Y9............................................................. 351
641H12.......................................................... 374 749Y10.................................................. 352, 359
641H13.......................................................... 372 749Y16.................................................. 349, 357
641H14.......................................................... 373 749Y22........................................................... 350
641H15.......................................................... 372 749Y45........................................................... 351
641H16.......................................................... 375 749Y48........................................................... 352
641H17.......................................................... 374 749Y49.................................................. 352, 359
641H18.......................................................... 375 749Y90........................................................... 351
641S1............................................................. 380 754T3............................................................. 379
641S5............................................................. 380 756K30........................................................... 186
641S6............................................................. 380 756K31........................................................... 191
641S7............................................................. 381 756Y6............................................................. 375
641T2............................................................... 24 756Y7............................................................. 377
641T3............................................................... 23 756Y8............................................................. 373
641T9............................................................... 23 756Y14........................................................... 381
641T10............................................................. 23 756Y15........................................................... 376
642B2....................................................... 98, 119 756Y16........................................................... 376
642K13........................................................... 106 756Y17........................................................... 377
642V15..................................................... 28, 160 756Y22........................................................... 378
645C1............................................................... 20 756Y64........................................................... 376
645C2............................................................... 20 756Y74..................................................... 29, 161
646M2............................................................ 212 756Y75........................................................... 166
646M18.......................................................... 292 756Y76........................................................... 191
646M39.................................................... 78, 136 756Y80........................................................... 378
646M69............................................................ 41 756Z4............................................................. 379
646M85.......................................................... 292 756Z5............................................................. 379
649G4............................................................. 361 758X5............................................................. 384
649G6............................................................. 354 758X11........................................................... 384
649G14........................................................... 354 758Y100......................................................... 384
649G19........................................................... 353
649G22..................................................... 20, 362 A–Z
649G26..................................................... 21, 362 OC1560.................................................. 300, 302
649G60........................................................... 354
649G110......................................................... 356
649G112......................................................... 356
649G121......................................................... 355
649G124......................................................... 355
649G125......................................................... 355
649G126......................................................... 360

Notes

© Ottobock · 646K1=EN-EX-01-2101 · Technical changes and printing errors reserved
Ottobock SE & Co. KGaA

Max-Näder-Straße 15 · 37115 Duderstadt / Germany
T +49 (0)55 27 848 1133 · export@ottobock.com

Materiály Otto Bock Katalog Celý

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Materiály Otto Bock Katalog Celý

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Materiály Otto Bock Katalog Celý

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Materials

4 | Prepreg technology.......................... 135

5 | Elastomers ....................................... 155

7 | Padding ........................................... 211

8 | Finishing ......................................... 249

Always at your service!

Explanation of symbols Explanations of hazardous substance symbols

Oxidising gases, category 1

Dry flat Gases under pressure:

Corrosive to metals, category 1

Acute toxicity (oral, dermal, inhalation), categories 1, 2, 3

Hazard classes and hazard category codes

Searching, finding and ordering

Orthocryl lamination resin 80:20 Speed

• Lamination resin for small prosthetic and orthotic components

also serve as quick and easy reference guides.

Resin Hardener Pigment paste

Practical recommendation 617H19S

Orthocryl lamination resin 80:20

• The proven classic material for laminating

Practical recommendation 617H500

The list of keywords lists all

products in alphabetical order.

products by reference number.

Reference number index

Consulting, Planning and Equipping

© Ottobock · 646K2=en_Master-01-2010 · Technical changes and printing errors reserved

616B13 .......................................................... 137 617H41 ........................................................... 94

84P3 .............................................................. 171

390 Ottobock | Materials

Ottobock SE & Co. KGaA

Information for specialist dealers Information for specialist dealers

Name of product Lamination technology

Orthocryl lamination resin 80:20 Speed

Orthocryl lamination resin 80:20

• The proven classic material for laminating

Materials | Ottobock 103

Aside from skilled craftsmanship, the plaster casting

Pedilen duplicating foams have proven excellent for

Visit www.pem.ottobock.com to obtain

Plaster insulating cream

• Separating layer for isolating the skin during plaster casting

Plaster parting agent

• For isolating plaster from plaster

Processing and usage examples for 85F1

Bipatrix® quick plaster bandage

• For taking a plaster cast

Biplatrix® quick plaster bandage

• For taking a plaster cast

Biplatrix® is a registered trademark of BSN medical.

Elastic plaster bandages

• For taking a plaster cast

Cellona® plaster bandages

• For taking a plaster cast

Cellona® is a registered trademark of Lohmann.

• For compression after amputation

• For fabricating positive moulds for orthopaedic technology

Alabaster modelling plaster

• For fabricating positive moulds for orthopaedic technology

Dauerbinde® is a registered trademark of Lohmann.

ompensation of shape and volume differ-

• rocessing aid for TP.C

• or fixation in conjunction with the lamination technique

• emperature-stable adhesive tape (to 200 °C) for vacuum technology